TWI676654B - Liquid crystal aligning agents containing polyamic acid or derivative thereof, liquid crystal alighment films and liquid crystal display devices - Google Patents

Liquid crystal aligning agents containing polyamic acid or derivative thereof, liquid crystal alighment films and liquid crystal display devices Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TWI676654B
TWI676654B TW104138376A TW104138376A TWI676654B TW I676654 B TWI676654 B TW I676654B TW 104138376 A TW104138376 A TW 104138376A TW 104138376 A TW104138376 A TW 104138376A TW I676654 B TWI676654 B TW I676654B
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
formula
group
ring
liquid crystal
carbon atoms
Prior art date
Application number
TW104138376A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TW201623447A (en
Inventor
森隆浩
Takahiro Mori
清水智章
Tomoaki Shimizu
Original Assignee
日商捷恩智股份有限公司
Jnc Corporation
日商捷恩智石油化學股份有限公司
Jnc Petrochemical Corporation
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 日商捷恩智股份有限公司, Jnc Corporation, 日商捷恩智石油化學股份有限公司, Jnc Petrochemical Corporation filed Critical 日商捷恩智股份有限公司
Publication of TW201623447A publication Critical patent/TW201623447A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI676654B publication Critical patent/TWI676654B/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K19/00Liquid crystal materials
    • C09K19/52Liquid crystal materials characterised by components which are not liquid crystals, e.g. additives with special physical aspect: solvents, solid particles
    • C09K19/54Additives having no specific mesophase characterised by their chemical composition
    • C09K19/56Aligning agents
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G73/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a linkage containing nitrogen with or without oxygen or carbon in the main chain of the macromolecule, not provided for in groups C08G12/00 - C08G71/00
    • C08G73/06Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G73/10Polyimides; Polyester-imides; Polyamide-imides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/1337Surface-induced orientation of the liquid crystal molecules, e.g. by alignment layers

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Nonlinear Science (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • Mathematical Physics (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Materials Engineering (AREA)
  • Liquid Crystal (AREA)
  • Macromolecular Compounds Obtained By Forming Nitrogen-Containing Linkages In General (AREA)

Abstract

本發明是有關於一種液晶配向劑,其含有:選自由聚醯胺酸及其衍生物所組成的組群中的至少一種聚合體;以及選自由N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮、γ-丁內酯等所組成的組群中的第一溶劑;選自由丁基溶纖劑、1-丁氧基-2-丙醇、二乙二醇乙基甲醚等所組成的組群中的第二溶劑;選自由二異丁基酮、二戊基醚所組成的組群中的第三溶劑;選自下述式(1)所表示的化合物的組群中的第四溶劑。 The invention relates to a liquid crystal alignment agent, which contains: at least one polymer selected from the group consisting of polyamic acid and its derivatives; and selected from the group consisting of N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, γ -The first solvent in the group consisting of butyrolactone, etc .; the first solvent selected from the group consisting of butyl cellosolve, 1-butoxy-2-propanol, diethylene glycol ethyl methyl ether, etc. A second solvent; a third solvent selected from the group consisting of diisobutyl ketone and dipentyl ether; a fourth solvent selected from the group consisting of compounds represented by the following formula (1).

Figure TWI676654B_A0001
Figure TWI676654B_A0001

式(1)中,當R1為碳數2的烷基時,R2為碳數3的烷基,當R1為碳數4的烷基時,R2為碳數1或2的烷基。 In formula (1), when R 1 is an alkyl group having 2 carbon atoms, R 2 is an alkyl group having 3 carbon atoms, and when R 1 is an alkyl group having 4 carbon atoms, R 2 is an alkyl group having 1 or 2 carbon atoms. base.

Description

含聚醯胺酸或其衍生物的液晶配向劑、液晶配 向膜及液晶顯示元件 Liquid crystal alignment agent containing polyamic acid or its derivative, liquid crystal alignment Film and liquid crystal display element

本發明是有關於一種使用四羧酸二酐而獲得的聚醯胺酸或其衍生物、以及含有特定溶劑的液晶配向劑、使用該液晶配向劑而形成的液晶配向膜、進而包括該液晶配向膜的液晶顯示元件。此外,本發明中的用語「液晶配向劑」是指用於形成液晶配向膜的含聚合體的組成物。 The present invention relates to a polyamic acid or a derivative thereof obtained using a tetracarboxylic dianhydride, a liquid crystal alignment agent containing a specific solvent, a liquid crystal alignment film formed using the liquid crystal alignment agent, and further including the liquid crystal alignment. Film liquid crystal display element. The term “liquid crystal alignment agent” in the present invention refers to a polymer-containing composition for forming a liquid crystal alignment film.

個人電腦的監視器、液晶電視、攝影機的取景器、投影型顯示器等多種顯示裝置,進而光學列印頭、光學傅立葉變換元件、光閥等光電相關元件等目前製品化而一般流通的液晶顯示元件的主流為使用向列型液晶的顯示元件。向列型液晶顯示元件的顯示方式已熟知扭轉向列(Twisted Nematic,TN)模式、超扭轉向列(Super Twisted Nematic,STN)模式。近年來,為了改善作為該些模式的問題點之一的視角的狹窄度,提出了使用光學補償膜的TN型液晶顯示元件、將垂直配向與突起結構物的技術併用的 多域垂直配向(Multi-domain Vertical Alignment,MVA)模式、或者橫向電場方式的共面切換(In-Plane Switching,IPS)模式、邊緣場切換(Fringe Field Switching,FFS)模式,並且實用化。 Various display devices such as monitors for personal computers, LCD TVs, viewfinders for cameras, projection displays, and other liquid-crystal display elements such as optical print heads, optical Fourier transform elements, and light valves, which are currently being manufactured and generally distributed. The mainstream is the display element using a nematic liquid crystal. The display mode of a nematic liquid crystal display element is well known as a twisted nematic (TN) mode and a super twisted nematic (STN) mode. In recent years, in order to improve the narrowness of the viewing angle, which is one of the problem points of these modes, a TN-type liquid crystal display element using an optical compensation film, and a technology that combines vertical alignment with a protruding structure have been proposed. A multi-domain vertical alignment (MVA) mode, or an in-plane switching (IPS) mode, a fringe field switching (FFS) mode of a lateral electric field method, and are practical.

液晶顯示元件的技術的發展不僅僅藉由該些驅動方式或元件結構的改良,而且亦藉由元件中使用的構成構件的改良而達成。液晶顯示元件中使用的構成構件中,特別是液晶配向膜為與顯示品質相關的重要材料之一,隨著液晶顯示元件的高品質化,提高配向膜的性能變得重要。 The development of the technology of liquid crystal display elements is achieved not only by the improvement of these driving methods or the element structure, but also by the improvement of the constituent members used in the element. Among the constituent members used in the liquid crystal display element, particularly the liquid crystal alignment film is one of important materials related to display quality, and as the quality of the liquid crystal display element is improved, it is important to improve the performance of the alignment film.

液晶配向膜是使用液晶配向劑而形成。目前,主要使用的液晶配向劑使用聚醯胺酸、聚醯亞胺、聚醯胺、聚醯亞胺醯胺、聚醯胺酸酯等樹脂,是使該些樹脂溶解於有機溶劑中的溶液(清漆)。將該溶液塗佈於基板上後,藉由加熱等方法進行成膜而形成聚醯亞胺系液晶配向膜。 The liquid crystal alignment film is formed using a liquid crystal alignment agent. Currently, the main liquid crystal alignment agents used are resins such as polyamic acid, polyimide, polyimide, polyimide, and polyamic acid esters, which are solutions in which these resins are dissolved in an organic solvent. (Varnish). After applying this solution on a substrate, a film is formed by a method such as heating to form a polyfluorene-based liquid crystal alignment film.

用以於液晶配向膜表面使液晶分子有規則地排列的配向處理法在工業上廣泛使用可進行簡便且大面積的高速處理的摩擦法。摩擦法是使用植毛有尼龍、嫘縈、聚酯等纖維的布,將液晶配向膜的表面向一方向擦拭的處理,藉此可獲得液晶分子的一致的配向。然而,摩擦處理中指出了以下問題:因液晶配向膜削除而產生的粉塵或液晶配向膜所帶有的損傷使顯示品質下降的問題,以及靜電的產生等問題;並且正在積極開發代替摩擦法的配向處理法。 An alignment treatment method for regularly aligning liquid crystal molecules on the surface of a liquid crystal alignment film is widely used in industry as a rubbing method capable of performing simple and large-area high-speed processing. The rubbing method is a process of wiping a surface of a liquid crystal alignment film in one direction by using a cloth having fibers such as nylon, rayon, and polyester, thereby obtaining a uniform alignment of liquid crystal molecules. However, the following problems have been pointed out in the rubbing treatment: dust caused by the removal of the liquid crystal alignment film or damage caused by the liquid crystal alignment film, which reduces the display quality, and the generation of static electricity; Alignment processing method.

作為代替摩擦法的配向處理法而受到關注的是照射光 來實施配向處理的光配向處理法。光配向處理法中提出了光分解法、光異構化法、光二聚化法、光交聯法等多種配向機制(例如參照非專利文獻1、專利文獻1及專利文獻2)。與摩擦法相比,光配向法的配向的均勻性高,另外,由於是非接觸的配向處理法,故而不會對膜造成損傷,具有可減少發塵或靜電等產生液晶顯示元件的顯示不良的原因等的優點。 Attention as an alignment treatment method instead of a rubbing method is irradiation light The photo-alignment processing method to perform the alignment processing. The photo-alignment treatment method has proposed various alignment mechanisms such as a photodecomposition method, a photo-isomerization method, a photo-dimerization method, and a photo-crosslinking method (for example, refer to Non-Patent Document 1, Patent Document 1, and Patent Document 2). Compared with the rubbing method, the photo-alignment method has higher alignment uniformity, and because it is a non-contact alignment processing method, it does not damage the film, and it can reduce the display failure of liquid crystal display elements such as dust and static electricity. And other advantages.

於所述狀況下,配向膜的印刷方法可列舉旋轉塗佈法或柔版印刷、噴墨印刷等。該些印刷方法中,適合於圖案印刷的方法為柔版印刷。該方法是將APR版上的清漆轉印於基板的方法,難以產生膜厚不均或所印刷的配向膜的邊緣部分的直線性的紊亂(以下,有時稱為「不平整」)。然而,對於在第六代以上的大面積基板上的印刷而言,較佳為噴墨印刷。 In this case, the printing method of the alignment film includes a spin coating method, flexographic printing, inkjet printing, and the like. Among these printing methods, a method suitable for pattern printing is flexographic printing. This method is a method of transferring a varnish on an APR plate to a substrate, and it is difficult to cause unevenness in film thickness or disturbance of the linearity of the edge portion of the printed alignment film (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as “unevenness”). However, for printing on a large-area substrate of the sixth generation or more, inkjet printing is preferred.

然而,若使用噴墨法,將清漆以液滴的形式噴出至基板上而形成塗佈膜,則存在產生如下問題的情況:沿著噴出口(噴嘴)的掃描方向而產生條紋不均。一般認為該條紋不均的產生的要因為:(1)液滴並未充分地塗敷擴散於基板上;(2)所噴出的液滴的調平性差,不均勻地析出溶質成分(固體成分);(3)塗敷性良好的溶劑乾得快,乾燥時導致所塗佈的溶液退化等(例如參照專利文獻3)。 However, if the varnish is ejected onto the substrate in the form of droplets using an inkjet method to form a coating film, there may be a problem that uneven stripes occur along the scanning direction of the ejection port (nozzle). It is generally believed that the cause of this unevenness in the stripe is: (1) the droplets are not sufficiently coated and diffused on the substrate; (2) the ejected droplets have poor leveling properties, and the solute component (solid content) is unevenly precipitated ); (3) A solvent having a good applicability dries quickly, and causes degradation of the applied solution during drying (for example, refer to Patent Document 3).

[現有技術文獻] [Prior Art Literature]

[專利文獻] [Patent Literature]

[專利文獻1]日本專利特開平9-297313 [Patent Document 1] Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 9-297313

[專利文獻2]日本專利特開平10-251646 [Patent Document 2] Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 10-251646

[專利文獻3]日本專利特開2009-063797 [Patent Document 3] Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2009-063797

[非專利文獻] [Non-patent literature]

[非專利文獻1]「液晶」第3卷第4期第262頁,1999年 [Non-Patent Document 1] "Liquid Crystal" Vol. 3 No. 4 262, 1999

本發明的課題為提供一種當利用噴墨法來印刷液晶配向膜用的塗佈膜時,可防止塗佈膜的條紋不均,不會產生膜的收縮或邊緣的不平整的液晶配向劑。另外,提供一種使用所述液晶配向劑而形成的液晶配向膜,進而提供一種包括所述液晶配向膜的液晶顯示元件。 An object of the present invention is to provide a liquid crystal alignment agent capable of preventing unevenness of streaks of the coating film when the coating film for a liquid crystal alignment film is printed by an inkjet method, without causing shrinkage of the film or uneven edges. In addition, a liquid crystal alignment film formed using the liquid crystal alignment agent is provided, and a liquid crystal display element including the liquid crystal alignment film is further provided.

本發明者等人藉由對後述的形成配向膜的樹脂使用多種成分的溶劑,而發現能夠同時解決防止條紋不均、防止膜的收縮、邊緣的不平整的溶劑,因此完成本發明。 The present inventors have found a solvent capable of simultaneously preventing streaks, preventing shrinkage of the film, and unevenness of the edges by using a solvent of a plurality of components for a resin for forming an alignment film described later, and thus completed the present invention.

本發明包括以下各項。 The present invention includes the following items.

[1]一種液晶配向劑,其含有選自由聚醯胺酸及其衍生物所組成的組群中的至少一種聚合體及溶劑;並且所述溶劑含有選自由N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮、γ-丁內酯、1,3-二甲基-2-咪唑啶酮、N-乙基-2-吡咯啶酮所組成的組群中的至少一者作為第一溶劑, 含有選自由丁基溶纖劑(butyl cellosolve,BC)、1-丁氧基-2-丙醇、二乙二醇乙基甲醚、二乙二醇丙基甲醚所組成的組群中的至少一者作為第二溶劑,含有選自由二異丁基酮、二戊基醚所組成的組群中的至少一者作為第三溶劑,而且,含有選自下述式(1)所表示的化合物的組群中的至少一者作為第四溶劑;

Figure TWI676654B_D0001
[1] A liquid crystal alignment agent containing at least one polymer and a solvent selected from the group consisting of polyamic acid and its derivatives; and the solvent contains a solvent selected from N-methyl-2-pyrrolidine At least one of a group consisting of ketone, γ-butyrolactone, 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone, and N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone, as a first solvent, contains At least one of the group consisting of butyl cellosolve (BC), 1-butoxy-2-propanol, diethylene glycol ethyl methyl ether, and diethylene glycol propyl methyl ether is used as the first Two solvents containing at least one selected from the group consisting of diisobutyl ketone and dipentyl ether as the third solvent, and further containing a group selected from the group consisting of a compound represented by the following formula (1) At least one of them is used as the fourth solvent;
Figure TWI676654B_D0001

式(1)中,當R1為碳數2的烷基時,R2為碳數3的烷基,當R1為碳數4的烷基時,R2為碳數1或2的烷基。 In formula (1), when R 1 is an alkyl group having 2 carbon atoms, R 2 is an alkyl group having 3 carbon atoms, and when R 1 is an alkyl group having 4 carbon atoms, R 2 is an alkyl group having 1 or 2 carbon atoms. base.

[2]如[1]項所述的液晶配向劑,其中第一溶劑的比例相對於全部溶劑重量而為20重量%~89重量%,第二溶劑的比例相對於全部溶劑重量而為10重量%~60重量%,第三溶劑的比例相對於全部溶劑重量而為0.1重量%~15重量%,而且,第四溶劑的比例相對於全部溶劑重量而為0.1重量%~20重量%。 [2] The liquid crystal alignment agent according to item [1], wherein the proportion of the first solvent is 20% to 89% by weight relative to the weight of the entire solvent, and the proportion of the second solvent is 10% by weight relative to the total weight of the solvent. % To 60% by weight, the ratio of the third solvent is 0.1% to 15% by weight with respect to the total solvent weight, and the ratio of the fourth solvent is 0.1% to 20% by weight relative to the total solvent weight.

[3]如[1]項或[2]項所述的液晶配向劑,其中聚合體的合 成中使用的四羧酸二酐含有選自下述式(AN-I)~式(AN-VII)所表示的化合物的組群中的至少一者;二胺含有選自下述式(DI-1)~式(DI-16)所表示的不具有側鏈的二胺、下述式(DIH-1)~式(DIH-3)所表示的不具有側鏈的二醯肼(dihydrazide)以及下述式(DI-31)~式(DI-35)所表示的具有側鏈的二胺的組群中的至少一者;

Figure TWI676654B_D0002
[3] The liquid crystal alignment agent according to item [1] or [2], wherein the tetracarboxylic dianhydride used in the synthesis of the polymer contains a compound selected from the following formulae (AN-I) to (AN-VII) At least one of the group of compounds represented by); the diamine contains a diamine selected from the following formulae (DI-1) to (DI-16) without a side chain, and the following formula (DIH -1) to dihydrazide without side chains represented by formula (DIH-3) and diamines with side chains represented by formulas (DI-31) to (DI-35) below At least one of the group;
Figure TWI676654B_D0002

式(AN-I)、式(AN-IV)及式(AN-V)中,X獨立地為單鍵或-CH2-;式(AN-II)中,G為單鍵、碳數1~20的伸烷基、-CO-、-O-、-S-、-SO2-、-C(CH3)2-或-C(CF3)2-;式(AN-II)~式(AN-IV) 中,Y獨立地為選自下述的三價基團的組群中的一者,結合鍵連結於任意的碳上,該基團的至少一個氫可經甲基、乙基或苯基所取代;

Figure TWI676654B_D0003
In formula (AN-I), formula (AN-IV) and formula (AN-V), X is independently a single bond or -CH 2- ; in formula (AN-II), G is a single bond and carbon number 1 ~ 20 alkylene, -CO-, -O-, -S-, -SO 2- , -C (CH 3 ) 2 -or -C (CF 3 ) 2- ; formula (AN-II) ~ formula In (AN-IV), Y is independently one selected from the group of a trivalent group described below, and the bond is connected to an arbitrary carbon. At least one hydrogen of the group may be methyl or ethyl Group or phenyl group;
Figure TWI676654B_D0003

式(AN-III)~式(AN-V)中,環A10為碳數3~10的單環式烴的基團或碳數6~30的縮合多環式烴的基團,該基團的至少一個氫可經甲基、乙基或苯基所取代,掛在環上的結合鍵連結於構成環的任意的碳上,2根結合鍵亦可連結於同一碳上;式(AN-VI)中,X10為碳數2~6的伸烷基,Me表示甲基,Ph表示苯基;式(AN-VII)中,G10獨立地為-O-、-COO-或-OCO-,r獨立地為0或1;

Figure TWI676654B_D0004
In formulas (AN-III) to (AN-V), ring A 10 is a group of a monocyclic hydrocarbon having 3 to 10 carbons or a group of a condensing polycyclic hydrocarbon having 6 to 30 carbons. At least one hydrogen of the group may be substituted by methyl, ethyl, or phenyl, and the bonding bond hanging on the ring is linked to any carbon constituting the ring, and two bonding bonds may also be linked to the same carbon; the formula (AN -VI), X 10 is an alkylene group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms, Me represents a methyl group, and Ph represents a phenyl group; in the formula (AN-VII), G 10 is independently -O-, -COO-, or- OCO-, r is independently 0 or 1;
Figure TWI676654B_D0004

Figure TWI676654B_D0005
Figure TWI676654B_D0005

Figure TWI676654B_D0006
Figure TWI676654B_D0006

Figure TWI676654B_D0007
Figure TWI676654B_D0007

Figure TWI676654B_D0008
Figure TWI676654B_D0008

Figure TWI676654B_D0009
Figure TWI676654B_D0009

Figure TWI676654B_D0010
Figure TWI676654B_D0010

所述式(DI-1)中,G20為-CH2-,至少一個-CH2-可取代為-NH-、-O-,m為1~12的整數,伸烷基的至少一個氫可取代為-OH;式(DI-3)及式(DI-5)~式(DI-7)中,G21獨立地為單鍵、-NH-、-NCH3-、-O-、-S-、-S-S-、-SO2-、-CO-、-COO-、-CONCH3-、-CONH-、-C(CH3)2-、-C(CF3)2-、-(CH2)m-、-O-(CH2)m-O-、-N(-Ra)-(CH2)k-N(-Ra)-、-(O-C2H4)m-O-、-O-CH2-C(CF3)2-CH2-O-、-O-CO-(CH2)m-CO-O-、-CO-O-(CH2)m-O-CO-、-(CH2)m-NH-(CH2)m-、-CO-(CH2)k-NH-(CH2)k-、 -(NH-(CH2)m)k-NH-、-CO-C3H6-(NH-C3H6)n-CO-或-S-(CH2)m-S-,Ra為碳數1~3的烷基,m獨立地為1~12的整數,k為1~5的整數,n為1或2;式(DI-4)中,s獨立地為0~2的整數;式(DI-6)及式(DI-7)中,G22獨立地為單鍵、-O-、-S-、-CO-、-C(CH3)2-、-C(CF3)2-、-NH-、或碳數1~10的伸烷基;式(DI-2)~式(DI-7)中的環己烷環及苯環的至少一個氫可經-F、-Cl、碳數1~3的烷基、-OCH3、-OH、-CF3、-CO2H、-CONH2、-NHC6H5、苯基或苄基所取代,除此以外,式(DI-4)中,苯環的至少一個氫可經選自下述式(DI-4-a)~式(DI-4-e)所表示的基團的組群中的一者所取代;所述式中的鍵結位置並不固定於構成環的碳原子上的基團表示其於環中的鍵結位置為任意;-NH2於環己烷環或苯環上的鍵結位置為除G21或G22的鍵結位置之外的任意位置;

Figure TWI676654B_D0011
In the formula (DI-1), G 20 is -CH 2- , at least one -CH 2 -may be substituted with -NH-, -O-, m is an integer from 1 to 12, and at least one hydrogen of alkylene is Can be replaced by -OH; in formula (DI-3) and formula (DI-5) to formula (DI-7), G 21 is independently a single bond, -NH-, -NCH 3- , -O-,- S-, -SS-, -SO 2- , -CO-, -COO-, -CONCH 3- , -CONH-, -C (CH 3 ) 2- , -C (CF 3 ) 2 -,-(CH 2 ) m- , -O- (CH 2 ) m -O-, -N (-Ra)-(CH 2 ) k -N (-Ra)-,-(OC 2 H 4 ) m -O-,- O-CH 2 -C (CF 3 ) 2 -CH 2 -O-, -O-CO- (CH 2 ) m -CO-O-, -CO-O- (CH 2 ) m -O-CO-, -(CH 2 ) m -NH- (CH 2 ) m- , -CO- (CH 2 ) k -NH- (CH 2 ) k -,-(NH- (CH 2 ) m ) k -NH-,- CO-C 3 H 6- (NH-C 3 H 6 ) n -CO- or -S- (CH 2 ) m -S-, Ra is an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and m is independently 1 to 12 Is an integer of 1 to 5, and k is an integer of 1 or 2. In formula (DI-4), s is an integer of 0 to 2. In formula (DI-6) and formula (DI-7), G 22 is independently a single bond, -O-, -S-, -CO-, -C (CH 3 ) 2- , -C (CF 3 ) 2- , -NH-, or an extension of 1 to 10 carbon atoms Alkyl group; at least one hydrogen of cyclohexane ring and benzene ring in formula (DI-2) to formula (DI-7) may pass -F, -Cl, alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms , -OCH 3 , -OH, -CF 3 , -CO 2 H, -CONH 2 , -NHC 6 H 5 , phenyl or benzyl. In addition, in formula (DI-4), the At least one hydrogen may be substituted with one selected from the group consisting of a group represented by the following formulae (DI-4-a) to (DI-4-e); the bonding position in the formula is A group that is not fixed on a carbon atom constituting a ring indicates that the bonding position in the ring is arbitrary; the bonding position of -NH 2 on a cyclohexane ring or a benzene ring is a bond other than G 21 or G 22 Any position other than the position;
Figure TWI676654B_D0011

式(DI-4-a)及式(DI-4-b)中,R20獨立地為氫或-CH3

Figure TWI676654B_D0012
In formula (DI-4-a) and formula (DI-4-b), R 20 is independently hydrogen or -CH 3 ;
Figure TWI676654B_D0012

Figure TWI676654B_D0013
Figure TWI676654B_D0013

Figure TWI676654B_D0014
Figure TWI676654B_D0014

Figure TWI676654B_D0015
Figure TWI676654B_D0015

式(DI-11)中,r為0或1;式(DI-8)~式(DI-11)中,鍵結於環上的-NH2的鍵結位置為任意位置;

Figure TWI676654B_D0016
In formula (DI-11), r is 0 or 1; in formulas (DI-8) to (DI-11), the bonding position of -NH 2 bonded to the ring is an arbitrary position;
Figure TWI676654B_D0016

Figure TWI676654B_D0017
Figure TWI676654B_D0017

Figure TWI676654B_D0018
Figure TWI676654B_D0018

Figure TWI676654B_D0019
Figure TWI676654B_D0019

Figure TWI676654B_D0020
Figure TWI676654B_D0020

式(DI-12)中,R21及R22獨立地為碳數1~3的烷基或苯基,G23獨立地為碳數1~6的伸烷基、伸苯基或者經烷基取代的伸苯基,w為1~10的整數;式(DI-13)中,R23獨立地為碳數1~5的烷基、碳數1~5的烷氧基或者-Cl,p獨立地為0~3的整數,q為0~4的整數;式(DI-14)中,環B為單環的雜環式芳香族基,R24為氫、-F、-Cl、碳數1~6的烷基、烷氧基、乙烯基、炔基,q獨立地為 0~4的整數;式(DI-15)中,環C為雜環式芳香族基或者雜環式脂肪族基;式(DI-16)中,G24為單鍵、碳數2~6的伸烷基或1,4-伸苯基,r為0或1;所述式中的鍵結位置並不固定於構成環的碳原子上的基團表示其於環中的鍵結位置為任意;式(DI-13)~式(DI-16)中,鍵結於環上的-NH2的鍵結位置為任意位置;

Figure TWI676654B_D0021
In the formula (DI-12), R 21 and R 22 are independently an alkyl group or a phenyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and G 23 is independently an alkylene group, a phenylene group, or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. Substituted phenyl group, w is an integer from 1 to 10; in formula (DI-13), R 23 is independently an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or -Cl, p Independently an integer of 0 to 3, q is an integer of 0 to 4; in formula (DI-14), ring B is a monocyclic heterocyclic aromatic group, and R 24 is hydrogen, -F, -Cl, carbon 1 to 6 alkyl, alkoxy, vinyl, alkynyl, q is independently an integer of 0 to 4; in formula (DI-15), ring C is a heterocyclic aromatic group or heterocyclic aliphatic Group group; in the formula (DI-16), G 24 is a single bond, an alkylene group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms or 1,4-phenylene group, and r is 0 or 1; A group that is not fixed on a carbon atom constituting a ring indicates that its bonding position in the ring is arbitrary; in formulas (DI-13) to (DI-16), a bond of -NH 2 on the ring The knot position is arbitrary;
Figure TWI676654B_D0021

Figure TWI676654B_D0022
Figure TWI676654B_D0022

Figure TWI676654B_D0023
Figure TWI676654B_D0023

式(DIH-1)中,G25為單鍵、碳數1~20的伸烷基、-CO-、-O-、-S-、-SO2-、-C(CH3)2-或-C(CF3)2-;式(DIH-2)中,環D為環己烷環、苯環或萘環,該基團的至少一個氫可經甲基、乙基或苯基所取代; 式(DIH-3)中,環E分別獨立地為環己烷環或苯環,該基團的至少一個氫可經甲基、乙基或苯基所取代,Y為單鍵、碳數1~20的伸烷基、-CO-、-O-、-S-、-SO2-、-C(CH3)2-或-C(CF3)2-;式(DIH-2)及式(DIH-3)中,鍵結於環上的-CONHNH2的鍵結位置為任意位置;

Figure TWI676654B_D0024
In formula (DIH-1), G 25 is a single bond, an alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, -CO-, -O-, -S-, -SO 2- , -C (CH 3 ) 2 -or -C (CF 3 ) 2- ; In the formula (DIH-2), the ring D is a cyclohexane ring, a benzene ring or a naphthalene ring, and at least one hydrogen of the group may be substituted by a methyl group, an ethyl group or a phenyl group In formula (DIH-3), the ring E is independently a cyclohexane ring or a benzene ring, at least one hydrogen of the group may be substituted by a methyl group, an ethyl group, or a phenyl group, and Y is a single bond and a carbon number 1 to 20 alkylene, -CO-, -O-, -S-, -SO 2- , -C (CH 3 ) 2 -or -C (CF 3 ) 2- ; formula (DIH-2) and In formula (DIH-3), the bonding position of -CONHNH 2 bonded to the ring is an arbitrary position;
Figure TWI676654B_D0024

式(DI-31)中,G26為單鍵、-O-、-COO-、-OCO-、-CO-、-CONH-、-CH2O-、-OCH2-、-CF2O-、-OCF2-或-(CH2)m'-,m'為1~12的整數;R25為碳數3~30的烷基、苯基、具有類固醇骨架的基團、或者下述式(DI-31-a)所表示的基團,該烷基中,至少一個氫可經-F所取代,而且至少一個-CH2-可經-O-、-CH=CH-或-C≡C-所取代,該苯基的氫可經-F、-CH3、-OCH3、-OCH2F、-OCHF2、-OCF3、碳數3~30的烷基或碳數3~30的烷氧基所取代,鍵結於苯環上的-NH2的鍵結位置表示於所述環中為任意位置,

Figure TWI676654B_D0025
In formula (DI-31), G 26 is a single bond, -O-, -COO-, -OCO-, -CO-, -CONH-, -CH 2 O-, -OCH 2- , -CF 2 O- , -OCF 2 -or-(CH 2 ) m ' -, m' is an integer from 1 to 12; R 25 is an alkyl group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms, a phenyl group, a group having a steroid skeleton, or the following formula A group represented by (DI-31-a). In the alkyl group, at least one hydrogen may be substituted by -F, and at least one -CH 2 -may be substituted by -O-, -CH = CH-, or -C≡. Substituted by C-, the hydrogen of the phenyl group may be -F, -CH 3 , -OCH 3 , -OCH 2 F, -OCHF 2 , -OCF 3 , alkyl group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms, or 3 to 30 carbon atoms. Substituted by alkoxy, the bonding position of -NH 2 bonded to the benzene ring is indicated at any position in the ring,
Figure TWI676654B_D0025

式(DI-31-a)中,G27、G28及G29為鍵結基,該些基團獨立地為單鍵、或碳數1~12的伸烷基,該伸烷基的一個以上的-CH2-可經-O-、-COO-、-OCO-、-CONH-、-CH=CH-所取代,環B21、環B22、環B23及環B24獨立地為1,4-伸苯基、1,4-伸環己基、1,3-二噁烷-2,5-二基、嘧啶-2,5-二基、吡啶-2,5-二基、萘-1,5-二基、萘-2,7-二基或者蒽-9,10-二基,環B21、環B22、環B23及環B24中,至少一個氫可經-F或-CH3所取代,s、t及u獨立地為0~2的整數,該些的合計為1~5,當s、t或u為2時,各個括弧內的兩個鍵結基可相同,亦可不同,而且,兩個環可相同,亦可不同,R26為氫、-F、-OH、碳數1~30的烷基、碳數1~30的氟取代烷基、碳數1~30的烷氧基、-CN、-OCH2F、-OCHF2、或者-OCF3,該碳數1~30的烷基的至少一個-CH2-可經下述式(DI-31-b)所表示的二價基團所取代,

Figure TWI676654B_D0026
In the formula (DI-31-a), G 27 , G 28 and G 29 are bonding groups, and these groups are independently a single bond or an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms. The above -CH 2 -may be replaced by -O-, -COO-, -OCO-, -CONH-, -CH = CH-, and ring B 21 , ring B 22 , ring B 23 and ring B 24 are independently 1,4-phenylene, 1,4-cyclohexyl, 1,3-dioxane-2,5-diyl, pyrimidine-2,5-diyl, pyridine-2,5-diyl, naphthalene At least one hydrogen of -1,5-diyl, naphthalene-2,7-diyl or anthracene-9,10-diyl, ring B 21 , ring B 22 , ring B 23 and ring B 24 may pass through -F Or -CH 3 , and s, t, and u are independently integers of 0 to 2. The total of these is 1 to 5. When s, t, or u is 2, the two bonding groups in each bracket can be The same or different, and the two rings may be the same or different. R 26 is hydrogen, -F, -OH, alkyl having 1 to 30 carbons, fluorine substituted alkyl having 1 to 30 carbons, carbon An alkoxy group having 1 to 30, -CN, -OCH 2 F, -OCHF 2 , or -OCF 3. At least one of the alkyl groups having 1 to 30 carbon atoms -CH 2 -can be obtained by the following formula (DI- 31-b) is substituted by a divalent group represented by
Figure TWI676654B_D0026

式(DI-31-b)中,R27及R28獨立地為碳數1~3的烷基,v 為1~6的整數,

Figure TWI676654B_D0027
In formula (DI-31-b), R 27 and R 28 are independently an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and v is an integer of 1 to 6,
Figure TWI676654B_D0027

Figure TWI676654B_D0028
Figure TWI676654B_D0028

式(DI-32)及式(DI-33)中,G30獨立地為單鍵、-CO-或-CH2-,R29獨立地為氫或-CH3,R30為氫、碳數1~20的烷基、或碳數2~20的烯基;式(DI-33)中的苯環的至少一個氫可經碳數1~20的烷基或苯基所取代;所述式中的鍵結位置並不固定於構成環的任一個碳原子上的基團表示其於環中的鍵結位置為任意;式(DI-32)及式(DI-33)中,鍵結於苯環上的-NH2表示其於環中的鍵結位置為任意;

Figure TWI676654B_D0029
In formula (DI-32) and formula (DI-33), G 30 is independently a single bond, -CO- or -CH 2- , R 29 is independently hydrogen or -CH 3 , and R 30 is hydrogen and carbon number 1 to 20 alkyl groups, or alkenyl groups having 2 to 20 carbon atoms; at least one hydrogen of the benzene ring in formula (DI-33) may be substituted with 1 to 20 carbon groups or phenyl groups; the formula A group in which the bonding position in is not fixed to any carbon atom constituting the ring indicates that the bonding position in the ring is arbitrary; in formulas (DI-32) and (DI-33), the bond is -NH 2 on the benzene ring means that its bonding position in the ring is arbitrary;
Figure TWI676654B_D0029

Figure TWI676654B_D0030
Figure TWI676654B_D0030

式(DI-34)及式(DI-35)中,G31獨立地為-O-或碳數1~6的伸烷基,G32為單鍵或碳數1~3的伸烷基,R31為氫或碳數1~20的烷基,該烷基的至少一個-CH2-可經-O-、-CH=CH-或-C≡C-所取代,R32為碳數6~22的烷基,R33為氫或碳數1~22的烷基,環B25為1,4-伸苯基或1,4-伸環己基,r為0或1,而且,鍵結於苯環上的-NH2表示其於環中的鍵結位置為任意。 In formula (DI-34) and formula (DI-35), G 31 is independently -O- or an alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, G 32 is a single bond or an alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, R 31 is hydrogen or an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. At least one -CH 2 -of the alkyl group may be substituted by -O-, -CH = CH-, or -C≡C-, and R 32 is 6 carbon atoms. ~ 22 alkyl group, R 33 is hydrogen or alkyl group having 1 to 22 carbon atoms, ring B 25 is 1,4-phenylene or 1,4-cyclohexyl, r is 0 or 1, and -NH 2 on the benzene ring indicates that the bonding position in the ring is arbitrary.

[4]如[1]項或[2]項所述的液晶配向劑,其中聚合體的合成中使用的四羧酸二酐含有選自下述式(2)~式(13)所表示的化合物的組群中的至少一者;二胺含有選自下述式(D-1)~式(D-5)所表示的化合物的組群中的至少一者;

Figure TWI676654B_D0031
[4] The liquid crystal alignment agent according to item [1] or [2], wherein the tetracarboxylic dianhydride used in the synthesis of the polymer contains one selected from the following formulae (2) to (13) At least one of the group of compounds; the diamine contains at least one selected from the group of compounds represented by the following formulae (D-1) to (D-5);
Figure TWI676654B_D0031

所述式中的氫的至少一者可經-CH3、-CH2CH3或苯基所取代;

Figure TWI676654B_D0032
At least one of the hydrogens in the formula may be substituted with -CH 3 , -CH 2 CH 3 or phenyl;
Figure TWI676654B_D0032

式(D-2)及式(D-4)中,X及Y獨立地為單鍵、-O-、-NH-、-S-、或碳數1~6的伸烷基; 式(D-4)中,a為1~8的整數;式(D-5)中,Ra為碳數1~3的烷基;而且,所述式中的苯環的至少一個氫可經-CH3所取代。 In formula (D-2) and formula (D-4), X and Y are independently a single bond, -O-, -NH-, -S-, or an alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms; Formula (D In -4), a is an integer of 1 to 8; in formula (D-5), Ra is an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbons; and at least one hydrogen of a benzene ring in the formula may be passed through -CH 3 Was replaced.

[5]如[1]項~[4]項中任一項所述的液晶配向劑,其中聚醯胺酸及其衍生物是使四羧酸二酐及二胺的至少一者具有光反應性結構的原料單體進行反應而獲得的聚合體(a)。 [5] The liquid crystal alignment agent according to any one of the items [1] to [4], wherein the polyamino acid and its derivative are such that at least one of a tetracarboxylic dianhydride and a diamine has a photoreaction. Polymer (a) obtained by reacting a raw material monomer of a natural structure.

[6]如[5]項所述的液晶配向劑,其中二胺包含4,4'-二胺基偶氮苯。 [6] The liquid crystal alignment agent according to the item [5], wherein the diamine includes 4,4'-diaminoazobenzene.

[7]如[5]項或[6]項所述的液晶配向劑,其不僅包含聚合體(a),而且更包含選自使不具有光反應性結構的四羧酸二酐以及不具有光反應性結構的二胺進行反應而獲得的聚醯胺酸及其衍生物中的至少一種聚合體(b)。 [7] The liquid crystal alignment agent according to item [5] or [6], which includes not only the polymer (a) but also a tetracarboxylic dianhydride selected from a group having no photoreactive structure and a group having no At least one polymer (b) of polyamidic acid and a derivative thereof obtained by reacting a diamine having a photoreactive structure.

[8]如[1]項~[7]項中任一項所述的液晶配向劑,其中聚合體(b)的合成中使用的四羧酸二酐含有選自下述式(2)~式(13)所表示的化合物的組群中的至少一者;二胺含有選自下述式(D-1)~式(D-5)所表示的化合物的組群中的至少一者;

Figure TWI676654B_D0033
[8] The liquid crystal alignment agent according to any one of the items [1] to [7], wherein the tetracarboxylic dianhydride used in the synthesis of the polymer (b) contains a compound selected from the following formula (2) to At least one of a group of compounds represented by formula (13); the diamine contains at least one selected from the group of compounds represented by the following formula (D-1) to formula (D-5);
Figure TWI676654B_D0033

所述式中的氫的至少一者可經-CH3、-CH2CH3或苯基所取代;

Figure TWI676654B_D0034
At least one of the hydrogens in the formula may be substituted with -CH 3 , -CH 2 CH 3 or phenyl;
Figure TWI676654B_D0034

式(D-2)及式(D-4)中,X及Y獨立地為單鍵、-O-、-NH-、-S-、或碳數1~6的伸烷基;式(D-4)中,a為1~8的整數;式(D-5)中,Ra為碳數1~3的烷基;而且,所述式中的苯環的至少一個氫可經-CH3所取代。 In formula (D-2) and formula (D-4), X and Y are independently a single bond, -O-, -NH-, -S-, or an alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms; formula (D In -4), a is an integer of 1 to 8; in formula (D-5), Ra is an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbons; and at least one hydrogen of a benzene ring in the formula may be passed through -CH 3 Was replaced.

[9]如[1]項~[8]項中任一項所述的液晶配向劑,其更含有選自噁嗪化合物、噁唑啉化合物、環氧化合物、以及包含矽烷偶合劑的化合物的組群中的至少一者。 [9] The liquid crystal alignment agent according to any one of the items [1] to [8], further comprising a compound selected from the group consisting of an oxazine compound, an oxazoline compound, an epoxy compound, and a compound containing a silane coupling agent. At least one of the group.

[10]一種液晶配向膜,其是利用如[1]項~[9]項中任一項所述的液晶配向劑來形成。 [10] A liquid crystal alignment film formed using the liquid crystal alignment agent according to any one of [1] to [9].

[11]一種液晶顯示元件,其包括如[10]項所述的液晶配向膜。 [11] A liquid crystal display element including the liquid crystal alignment film according to the item [10].

將由四羧酸二酐及二胺所獲得的聚合體溶解於所述將第一溶劑至第四溶劑混合而成的溶劑中的本發明的液晶配向劑可於利用噴墨法來印刷液晶配向膜用的塗佈膜的製程中防止塗佈膜的條紋不均,抑制膜的收縮或邊緣的不平整的產生,顯示出良好的印刷性。另外,於將兩種以上的聚合體摻合而製備的液晶配向劑中亦顯示出同樣的效果。 The liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention in which a polymer obtained from a tetracarboxylic dianhydride and a diamine is dissolved in the solvent obtained by mixing the first solvent to the fourth solvent can be used to print a liquid crystal alignment film by an inkjet method. In the production process of the used coating film, uneven streaks of the coating film are prevented, shrinkage of the film or occurrence of unevenness of edges is suppressed, and good printability is exhibited. In addition, the liquid crystal alignment agent prepared by blending two or more kinds of polymers also exhibited the same effect.

1‧‧‧噴嘴 1‧‧‧ Nozzle

2‧‧‧墨水液滴 2‧‧‧ Ink Drops

3‧‧‧鏡的反射像 3‧‧‧ mirror reflection image

4‧‧‧由噴嘴堵塞所引起的不噴出 4‧‧‧ No ejection caused by nozzle clogging

5‧‧‧由噴嘴堵塞所引起的傾斜噴出 5‧‧‧ Inclined spray caused by nozzle clogging

6‧‧‧塗佈膜 6‧‧‧ coated film

7‧‧‧基板 7‧‧‧ substrate

8‧‧‧邊緣的不平整 8‧‧‧ Uneven edges

圖1是對使用聚醯胺酸溶液PC-1來進行的噴墨噴出實驗(實施例1)中的噴出的情形拍攝而得的圖像。 FIG. 1 is an image obtained by photographing a state of ejection in an inkjet ejection experiment (Example 1) using a polyamine solution PC-1.

圖2是對使用聚醯胺酸溶液PC-27來進行的噴墨噴出實驗(比較例1)中的噴出的情形拍攝而得的圖像。 FIG. 2 is an image obtained by photographing a state of ejection in an inkjet ejection experiment (Comparative Example 1) using a polyamic acid solution PC-27.

圖3是對使用聚醯胺酸溶液PC-1來進行的邊緣的直線性評價(實施例1)中的邊緣的不平整進行測定的顯微鏡照片。 FIG. 3 is a microscope photograph for measuring edge irregularity in the linearity evaluation of the edge (Example 1) using the polyamic acid solution PC-1.

圖4是對使用聚醯胺酸溶液PC-27來進行的邊緣的直線性評價(比較例1)中的邊緣的不平整進行測定的顯微鏡照片。 FIG. 4 is a microscope photograph for measuring edge irregularity in the linearity evaluation of the edge (Comparative Example 1) using the polyamic acid solution PC-27.

圖5是對使用聚醯胺酸溶液PC-1來進行的面內條紋不均評價(實施例1)中的面內的條紋不均拍照而得的照片。 FIG. 5 is a photograph obtained by taking photos of the unevenness of the in-plane streak in the evaluation of the unevenness of the in-plane streak using the polyamic acid solution PC-1 (Example 1).

圖6是對使用聚醯胺酸溶液PC-27來進行的面內條紋不均評價(比較例1)中的面內的條紋不均拍照而得的照片。 FIG. 6 is a photograph obtained by photographing the unevenness of the in-plane stripes in the evaluation of the unevenness of the in-plane stripes (Comparative Example 1) using the polyamic acid solution PC-27.

本發明的主題為含有選自由聚醯胺酸及其衍生物所組成的組群中的至少一種聚合體及溶劑的液晶配向劑。本發明的液晶配向劑中使用的溶劑分成以下的四個組群。 The subject of the present invention is a liquid crystal alignment agent containing at least one polymer and a solvent selected from the group consisting of polyamic acid and its derivatives. The solvent used in the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention is divided into the following four groups.

第一溶劑是選自對形成配向膜的聚合體具有良好溶解性的極性有機溶劑的組群中。 The first solvent is selected from the group consisting of a polar organic solvent having good solubility to a polymer forming the alignment film.

此種極性有機溶劑的具體例為:N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮、N-乙基-2-吡咯啶酮、二甲基咪唑啶酮、N-甲基己內醯胺、N-甲基丙醯胺、N,N-二甲基乙醯胺、二甲基亞碸、N,N-二甲基甲醯胺、N,N-二乙基甲醯胺、二乙基乙醯胺、以及γ-丁內酯等內酯類。 Specific examples of such polar organic solvents are: N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone, dimethylimidazolidone, N-methylcaprolactam, N- Methamphetamine, N, N-dimethylacetamide, dimethylmethane, N, N-dimethylformamide, N, N-diethylformamide, diethylacetamidine Lactones such as amines and γ-butyrolactone.

該些化合物中,就沸點而言較佳的溶劑為:N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮、N-乙基-2-吡咯啶酮、二甲基咪唑啶酮、以及γ-丁內酯。 Among these compounds, preferred solvents in terms of boiling points are: N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone, dimethylimidazolidone, and γ-butyrolactone. .

為了避免於進行醯亞胺化之前低沸點的溶劑蒸發而產生膜的裂紋,並且為了避免導致高沸點的溶劑殘存,於面板組裝後滲出至液晶中而產生不均等不良,第一溶劑的沸點較佳為在190℃~250℃的範圍內。 In order to avoid cracking of the film caused by evaporation of the low-boiling solvent before the fluorenimidization, and to avoid the residual of the high-boiling solvent, the non-uniformity caused by the liquid oozing into the liquid crystal after the panel is assembled, the boiling point of the first solvent is relatively low. It is preferably in a range of 190 ° C to 250 ° C.

第二溶劑的特徵為:表面能量小於30mN/m,比較小,對基板的塗敷性良好。具體而言可列舉醇類或醚類。 The second solvent is characterized in that the surface energy is less than 30 mN / m, is relatively small, and the coating property to the substrate is good. Specific examples include alcohols and ethers.

醇類的具體例為:丁基溶纖劑(乙二醇單丁醚)、乙二醇單甲醚、乙二醇單乙醚、丙二醇單甲醚、丙二醇單乙醚、丙二醇單丁醚、丙二醇單丙醚、1-丁氧基-2-丙醇、乳酸乙酯、乳酸甲酯、乳酸丙酯。 Specific examples of alcohols are: butyl cellosolve (ethylene glycol monobutyl ether), ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol monobutyl ether, and propylene glycol monopropyl ether , 1-butoxy-2-propanol, ethyl lactate, methyl lactate, propyl lactate.

醚類的具體例為:乙二醇二甲醚、乙二醇二乙醚、二乙二醇二甲醚、二乙二醇二乙醚、二乙二醇乙基甲醚、二乙二醇丙基甲醚、丙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯、乙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯、乙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單丙醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單丁醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單甲醚丙酸酯。 Specific examples of the ethers are ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, ethylene glycol diethyl ether, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol diethyl ether, diethylene glycol ethyl methyl ether, and diethylene glycol propyl Methyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monopropyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monobutyl ether ethyl Acid ester, propylene glycol monomethyl ether propionate.

該些化合物中,就沸點而言較佳的溶劑為:丁基溶纖劑(乙二醇單丁醚)、1-丁氧基-2-丙醇、乙二醇二乙醚、二乙二醇二甲醚、二乙二醇二乙醚、二乙二醇乙基甲醚及二乙二醇丙基甲醚。更佳的溶劑為:丁基溶纖劑、1-丁氧基-2-丙醇、二乙二醇乙基甲醚、以及二乙二醇丙基甲醚。 Among these compounds, preferred solvents in terms of boiling points are: butyl cellosolve (ethylene glycol monobutyl ether), 1-butoxy-2-propanol, ethylene glycol diethyl ether, and diethylene glycol dimethyl ether. Ether, diethylene glycol diethyl ether, diethylene glycol ethyl methyl ether, and diethylene glycol propyl methyl ether. More preferred solvents are: butyl cellosolve, 1-butoxy-2-propanol, diethylene glycol ethyl methyl ether, and diethylene glycol propyl methyl ether.

為了避免由於低沸點的溶劑的蒸發而使液體的乾燥過快,塗佈膜的均勻性惡化,並且為了避免導致高沸點的溶劑殘存,於面板組裝後滲出至液晶中而產生不均等不良,第二溶劑的沸點較佳為在120℃~200℃的範圍內。 In order to prevent the liquid from drying too quickly due to the evaporation of the low boiling point solvent, the uniformity of the coating film is deteriorated, and to avoid the residual of the high boiling point solvent, it will bleed into the liquid crystal after the panel assembly and cause unevenness. The boiling point of the two solvents is preferably in the range of 120 ° C to 200 ° C.

第三溶劑為提高溶液的擴散性的溶劑。藉由將該些溶劑混合,可防止塗佈膜的條紋不均。 The third solvent is a solvent that improves the diffusivity of the solution. By mixing these solvents, unevenness in streaks of the coating film can be prevented.

此種溶劑具體而言可列舉:甲基乙基酮、甲基異丁基酮、二異丁基酮、環己酮、4-羥基-4-甲基-2-戊酮、甲基異戊基酮、甲基-3-甲氧基丙酸酯等酮類、以及二戊基醚等。該些化合物中,較佳的溶劑為甲基異丁基酮、二異丁基酮以及二戊基醚。更佳的溶劑為二異丁基酮以及二戊基醚。 Specific examples of such a solvent include methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, diisobutyl ketone, cyclohexanone, 4-hydroxy-4-methyl-2-pentanone, and methyl isoamyl. Ketones such as methyl ketone, methyl-3-methoxypropionate, and dipentyl ether. Among these compounds, preferred solvents are methyl isobutyl ketone, diisobutyl ketone, and dipentyl ether. More preferred solvents are diisobutyl ketone and dipentyl ether.

第四溶劑具有抑制膜收縮,防止塗佈膜的邊緣的不平整的效果。認為該效果是由以下情況所引起:第四溶劑具有與第一溶劑接近的溫度區域的沸點,且高於第二溶劑及第三溶劑的沸點。即,認為原因在於:藉由高沸點的第四溶劑,噴出液擴散時的乾燥速度變慢,特別是邊緣部分的溶劑的蒸發被抑制。 The fourth solvent has the effects of suppressing film shrinkage and preventing unevenness of the edges of the coating film. This effect is considered to be caused by the fact that the fourth solvent has a boiling point in a temperature region close to the first solvent, and is higher than the boiling points of the second solvent and the third solvent. That is, the reason is considered to be that the fourth solvent with a high boiling point slows down the drying speed when the ejection liquid is diffused, and in particular, the evaporation of the solvent in the edge portion is suppressed.

較佳的第四溶劑的具體例為:二乙二醇乙基丙醚、二乙二醇丁基甲醚以及二乙二醇丁基乙醚。 Specific examples of the preferred fourth solvent are diethylene glycol ethylpropyl ether, diethylene glycol butyl methyl ether, and diethylene glycol butyl ether.

該些四種溶劑由於分別具有不同的特徵,因此重要的是具有以下所述的構成比率。 Since these four solvents each have different characteristics, it is important to have a composition ratio described below.

第一溶劑的相對於全部溶劑重量的比例為20重量%~89重量%,較佳為30重量%~84重量%,更佳的比例為45重量%~75重量%。 The ratio of the first solvent to the weight of the entire solvent is 20% to 89% by weight, preferably 30% to 84% by weight, and more preferably 45% to 75% by weight.

為了防止溶液中的聚合體的析出、噴墨裝置的噴嘴或噴頭的堵塞、進而塗佈膜的面內不均的產生,第一溶劑相對於全部溶劑重量而以20重量%以上的比例使用。相反,作為貧溶劑的第二溶劑的量變少,為了不會招致印刷性的惡化,故而相對於全部溶劑重量而以89重量%以下的比例使用。 In order to prevent the precipitation of the polymer in the solution, the clogging of the nozzles or heads of the inkjet device, and the in-plane unevenness of the coating film, the first solvent is used in a proportion of 20% by weight or more based on the total solvent weight. On the other hand, since the amount of the second solvent as the lean solvent is reduced and the printability is not deteriorated, it is used at a ratio of 89% by weight or less with respect to the total solvent weight.

第二溶劑的相對於全部溶劑重量的比例為10重量%~60重量%,較佳為15重量%~50重量%,更佳的比例為20重量%~45重量%。 The ratio of the second solvent to the weight of the entire solvent is 10% to 60% by weight, preferably 15% to 50% by weight, and more preferably 20% to 45% by weight.

為了防止印刷不良或因自邊緣部分的蒸發所引起的液體收縮的產生,第二溶劑相對於全部溶劑重量而以10重量%以上的比例使用。相反,良溶劑的比例減少,為了防止溶液中的聚合體的析出、噴墨裝置的噴嘴或噴頭的堵塞、進而塗佈膜的面內不均的產生,故而相對於全部溶劑重量而以60重量%以下的比例使用。 The second solvent is used in a proportion of 10% by weight or more based on the total solvent weight in order to prevent the occurrence of poor printing or liquid shrinkage caused by evaporation from the edge portion. In contrast, the proportion of good solvents is reduced. In order to prevent the precipitation of polymers in the solution, blockage of the nozzles or heads of the inkjet device, and in-plane unevenness of the coating film, the weight of the solvent is 60% by weight Use at a ratio of less than%.

第三溶劑的相對於全部溶劑重量的比例為0.1重量%~15重量%,較佳為0.1重量%~10重量%,更佳的比例為0.1重量%~5重量%。 The ratio of the third solvent to the weight of the entire solvent is from 0.1% to 15% by weight, preferably from 0.1% to 10% by weight, and more preferably from 0.1% to 5% by weight.

為了防止液體擴散性的惡化、噴頭的移行方向的條紋不均的產生,第三溶劑相對於全部溶劑重量而以0.1重量%以上的比例使用。相反,液體過度擴散,為了防止邊緣的直線性惡化,故而相對於全部溶劑重量而以15重量%以下的比例使用。 In order to prevent deterioration of the liquid diffusivity and unevenness of streaks in the traveling direction of the head, the third solvent is used at a ratio of 0.1% by weight or more based on the weight of the entire solvent. In contrast, the liquid is excessively diffused, and in order to prevent the linearity of the edges from being deteriorated, it is used at a ratio of 15% by weight or less with respect to the total solvent weight.

第四溶劑的相對於全部溶劑重量的比例為0.1重量%~20重量%,較佳為0.1重量%~15重量%,更佳的比例為0.1重量%~10重量%。 The ratio of the fourth solvent to the weight of the entire solvent is 0.1% to 20% by weight, preferably 0.1% to 15% by weight, and more preferably 0.1% to 10% by weight.

為了發揮保持邊緣的直線性的效果以及液體擴散良好的效果,第四溶劑相對於全部溶劑重量而以0.1重量%以上的比例使用。相反,為了防止塗佈膜的乾燥的不良、或面內不均的產生、 均勻性的惡化,故而相對於全部溶劑重量而以20重量%以下的比例使用。 In order to exert the effect of maintaining the linearity of the edge and the effect of good liquid diffusion, the fourth solvent is used at a ratio of 0.1% by weight or more based on the total solvent weight. On the contrary, in order to prevent the drying of the coating film or the occurrence of in-plane unevenness, Since the uniformity is deteriorated, it is used at a ratio of 20% by weight or less based on the total solvent weight.

對本發明的聚醯胺酸及其衍生物進行說明。 The polyamidic acid and its derivatives of the present invention will be described.

本發明的聚醯胺酸及其衍生物為四羧酸二酐與二胺的反應產物。所謂所述聚醯胺酸的衍生物,是當製成含有溶劑的後述液晶配向劑時溶解於溶劑中的成分,是當將所述液晶配向劑製成液晶配向膜時,可形成以聚醯亞胺作為主成分的液晶配向膜的成分。如上所述的聚醯胺酸的衍生物例如可列舉可溶性聚醯亞胺、聚醯胺酸酯、以及聚醯胺酸醯胺等,更具體而言可列舉:1)聚醯胺酸的所有胺基與羧基進行脫水閉環反應而成的聚醯亞胺;2)部分地進行脫水閉環反應而成的部分聚醯亞胺;3)聚醯胺酸的羧基轉變為酯的聚醯胺酸酯;4)將四羧酸二酐化合物中所含的酸二酐的一部分取代為有機二羧酸,進行反應而獲得的聚醯胺酸-聚醯胺共聚物;進而5)使該聚醯胺酸-聚醯胺共聚物的一部分或者全部進行脫水閉環反應而成的聚醯胺醯亞胺。所述聚醯胺酸及其衍生物可為一種化合物,亦可為兩種以上。另外,所述聚醯胺酸及其衍生物只要是具有四羧酸二酐與二胺的反應產物的結構的化合物即可,亦可含有使用其他原料,藉由四羧酸二酐與二胺的反應以外的其他反應而得的反應產物。 The polyamidic acid and its derivatives of the present invention are reaction products of tetracarboxylic dianhydride and diamine. The polyamic acid derivative is a component that is dissolved in a solvent when a liquid crystal alignment agent described later containing a solvent is made. When the liquid crystal alignment agent is made into a liquid crystal alignment film, a polyfluorene can be formed. Imine is a component of a liquid crystal alignment film as a main component. Examples of the polyamidic acid derivative include soluble polyamidoimide, polyamidate, polyamidoamine, and the like, and more specifically, 1) all of polyamidate Polyimide formed by dehydration and ring closure reaction of amine group and carboxyl group; 2) Partial polyimide produced by dehydration and ring closure reaction partially; 4) a polyamic acid-polyamine copolymer obtained by substituting a part of the acid dianhydride contained in the tetracarboxylic dianhydride compound with an organic dicarboxylic acid and reacting; further 5) making the polyamine A part or all of the acid-polyamidine copolymer is a polyamidene and imine obtained by performing a dehydration ring-closure reaction. The polyamidic acid and its derivative may be one kind of compound or two or more kinds. In addition, the polyphosphonic acid and its derivative may be a compound having a structure of a reaction product of a tetracarboxylic dianhydride and a diamine, and may include the use of other raw materials by using a tetracarboxylic dianhydride and a diamine. A reaction product obtained by a reaction other than the reaction of.

對為了製造本發明的液晶配向劑中所含的聚醯胺酸及其衍生物而使用的四羧酸二酐進行說明。本發明中使用的四羧酸二酐可無限制地自公知的四羧酸二酐中選擇。所述四羧酸二酐可 為屬於在芳香環上直接鍵結有二羧酸酐的芳香族系(包含雜芳香環系)、以及在芳香環上未直接鍵結有二羧酸酐的脂肪族系(包含雜環系)的任一組群中者。四羧酸二酐可使一種化合物與二胺進行反應,亦可將兩種以上的化合物混合而與二胺進行反應。本說明書中所謂「四羧酸二酐」不僅是指一種化合物,有時其含義中亦包含兩種以上的化合物的混合物。 The tetracarboxylic dianhydride used in order to manufacture the polyamic acid and its derivative contained in the liquid crystal aligning agent of this invention is demonstrated. The tetracarboxylic dianhydride used in the present invention can be selected from known tetracarboxylic dianhydrides without limitation. The tetracarboxylic dianhydride may It is any of the aromatic systems (including heteroaromatic ring systems) in which the dicarboxylic anhydride is directly bonded to the aromatic ring, and the aliphatic systems (including heterocyclic systems) in which the dicarboxylic anhydride is not directly bonded to the aromatic ring. A group of people. Tetracarboxylic dianhydride allows one compound to react with a diamine, or two or more compounds can be mixed to react with a diamine. The term "tetracarboxylic dianhydride" as used in this specification refers not only to a single compound but also to a mixture of two or more compounds.

就原料獲取的容易度、或聚合物聚合時的容易度、膜的電氣特性的方面而言,如上所述的四羧酸二酐的較佳例可列舉式(AN-I)~式(AN-VII)所表示的四羧酸二酐。 In terms of ease of obtaining raw materials, ease of polymer polymerization, and electrical characteristics of the film, the preferred examples of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride described above include Formula (AN-I) to Formula (AN -Tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by -VII).

Figure TWI676654B_D0035
Figure TWI676654B_D0035

式(AN-I)、式(AN-IV)及式(AN-V)中,X獨立地為單鍵或-CH2-。式(AN-II)中,G為單鍵、碳數1~20的伸烷基、-CO-、-O-、-S-、-SO2-、-C(CH3)2-或-C(CF3)2-。式(AN-II)~式 (AN-IV)中,Y獨立地為選自下述的三價基團的組群中的一者,結合鍵連結於任意的碳上,該基團的至少一個氫可經甲基、乙基或苯基所取代。 In formula (AN-I), formula (AN-IV), and formula (AN-V), X is independently a single bond or -CH 2- . In the formula (AN-II), G is a single bond, an alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, -CO-, -O-, -S-, -SO 2- , -C (CH 3 ) 2 -or- C (CF 3 ) 2- . In the formulae (AN-II) to (AN-IV), Y is independently one selected from the group of a trivalent group described below, and is bonded to an arbitrary carbon with a bond, and at least the group is at least One hydrogen can be substituted with methyl, ethyl or phenyl.

Figure TWI676654B_D0036
Figure TWI676654B_D0036

式(AN-III)~式(AN-V)中,環A10為碳數3~10的單環式烴的基團或碳數6~30的縮合多環式烴的基團,該基團的至少一個氫可經甲基、乙基或苯基所取代,掛在環上的結合鍵連結於構成環的任意的碳上,2根結合鍵亦可連結於同一碳上。式(AN-VI)中,X10為碳數2~6的伸烷基,Me表示甲基,Ph表示苯基。式(AN-VII)中,G10獨立地為-O-、-COO-或-OCO-,r獨立地為0或1。 In formulas (AN-III) to (AN-V), ring A 10 is a group of a monocyclic hydrocarbon having 3 to 10 carbons or a group of a condensing polycyclic hydrocarbon having 6 to 30 carbons. At least one hydrogen of the group may be substituted by a methyl group, an ethyl group, or a phenyl group, and a bonding bond hanging on the ring is connected to any carbon constituting the ring, and two bonding bonds may be connected to the same carbon. In the formula (AN-VI), X 10 is an alkylene group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms, Me represents a methyl group, and Ph represents a phenyl group. In formula (AN-VII), G 10 is independently -O-, -COO-, or -OCO-, and r is independently 0 or 1.

更詳細而言,可列舉以下的式(AN-1)~式(AN-16-14)的式所表示的四羧酸二酐。 More specifically, the tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by the following formula (AN-1)-(AN-16-14) is mentioned.

[式(AN-1)所表示的四羧酸二酐] [Tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by formula (AN-1)]

Figure TWI676654B_D0037
Figure TWI676654B_D0037

式(AN-1)中,G11為單鍵、碳數1~12的伸烷基、1,4-伸苯基、或1,4-伸環己基。X11獨立地為單鍵或-CH2-。G12獨立地為下述的三價基團的任一者。 In Formula (AN-1), G 11 is a single bond, an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, 1,4-phenylene group, or 1,4-cyclohexyl group. X 11 is independently a single bond or -CH 2- . G 12 is independently any one of the following trivalent groups.

Figure TWI676654B_D0038
Figure TWI676654B_D0038

當G12為>CH-時,>CH-的氫可取代為-CH3。當G12為>N-時,G11不為單鍵及-CH2-,X11不為單鍵。而且R11為氫或-CH3When G 12 is> CH-, hydrogen of> CH- may be replaced by -CH 3 . When G 12 is> N-, G 11 is not a single bond and -CH 2- , and X 11 is not a single bond. R 11 is hydrogen or -CH 3 .

式(AN-1)所表示的四羧酸二酐的例子可列舉下述式所表示的化合物。 Examples of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by the formula (AN-1) include compounds represented by the following formula.

Figure TWI676654B_D0039
Figure TWI676654B_D0039

式(AN-1-2)及式(AN-1-14)中,m為1~12的整數。 In Formula (AN-1-2) and Formula (AN-1-14), m is an integer of 1-12.

[式(AN-2)所表示的四羧酸二酐] [Tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by formula (AN-2)]

Figure TWI676654B_D0040
Figure TWI676654B_D0040

式(AN-2)中,R12獨立地為氫、-CH3、-CH2CH3、或苯基。 In the formula (AN-2), R 12 is independently hydrogen, -CH 3 , -CH 2 CH 3 , or phenyl.

式(AN-2)所表示的四羧酸二酐的例子可列舉下述式所表示的化合物。 Examples of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by the formula (AN-2) include compounds represented by the following formula.

Figure TWI676654B_D0041
Figure TWI676654B_D0041

[式(AN-3)所表示的四羧酸二酐] [Tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by formula (AN-3)]

Figure TWI676654B_D0042
Figure TWI676654B_D0042

式(AN-3)中,環A11為環己烷環或苯環。 In formula (AN-3), ring A 11 is a cyclohexane ring or a benzene ring.

式(AN-3)所表示的四羧酸二酐的例子可列舉下述式所表示的化合物。 Examples of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by the formula (AN-3) include compounds represented by the following formula.

Figure TWI676654B_D0043
Figure TWI676654B_D0043

[式(AN-4)所表示的四羧酸二酐] [Tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by formula (AN-4)]

Figure TWI676654B_D0044
Figure TWI676654B_D0044

式(AN-4)中,G13為單鍵、-(CH2)m-、-O-、-S-、-C(CH3)2-、-SO2-、-CO-、-C(CF3)2-、或者下述式(G13-1)所表示的二價基團,m為1~12的整數。環A11分別獨立地為環己烷環或苯環。G13可鍵結於環A11的任意位置。 In formula (AN-4), G 13 is a single bond,-(CH 2 ) m- , -O-, -S-, -C (CH 3 ) 2- , -SO 2- , -CO-, -C (CF 3 ) 2 -or a divalent group represented by the following formula (G13-1), and m is an integer of 1 to 12. The ring A 11 is each independently a cyclohexane ring or a benzene ring. G 13 can be bonded to any position of ring A 11 .

Figure TWI676654B_D0045
Figure TWI676654B_D0045

式(G13-1)中,G13a及G13b分別獨立地為單鍵、-O-或-NHCO-所表示的二價基團。伸苯基較佳為1,4-伸苯基及1,3-伸苯基。 In formula (G13-1), G 13a and G 13b are each independently a single bond or a divalent group represented by -O- or -NHCO-. The phenylene is preferably 1,4-phenylene and 1,3-phenylene.

式(AN-4)所表示的四羧酸二酐的例子可列舉下述式所表示的化合物。 Examples of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by the formula (AN-4) include compounds represented by the following formula.

Figure TWI676654B_D0046
Figure TWI676654B_D0046

Figure TWI676654B_D0047
Figure TWI676654B_D0047

式(AN-4-17)中,m為1~12的整數。 In Formula (AN-4-17), m is an integer of 1-12.

Figure TWI676654B_D0048
Figure TWI676654B_D0048

[式(AN-5)所表示的四羧酸二酐] [Tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by formula (AN-5)]

Figure TWI676654B_D0049
Figure TWI676654B_D0049

式(AN-5)中,R11為氫、或者-CH3。鍵結位置並不固定於構成苯環的碳原子上的R11表示苯環中的鍵結位置為任意。 In Formula (AN-5), R 11 is hydrogen or -CH 3 . R 11 where the bonding position is not fixed to the carbon atom constituting the benzene ring means that the bonding position in the benzene ring is arbitrary.

式(AN-5)所表示的四羧酸二酐的例子可列舉下述式所表示的化合物。 Examples of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by the formula (AN-5) include compounds represented by the following formula.

Figure TWI676654B_D0050
Figure TWI676654B_D0050

[式(AN-6)所表示的四羧酸二酐] [Tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by formula (AN-6)]

Figure TWI676654B_D0051
Figure TWI676654B_D0051

式(AN-6)中,X11獨立地為單鍵或-CH2-。X12為-CH2-、-CH2CH2-或-CH=CH-。n為1或2。 In Formula (AN-6), X 11 is independently a single bond or -CH 2- . X 12 is -CH 2- , -CH 2 CH 2- , or -CH = CH-. n is 1 or 2.

式(AN-6)所表示的四羧酸二酐的例子可列舉下述式所表示的化合物。 Examples of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by the formula (AN-6) include compounds represented by the following formula.

Figure TWI676654B_D0052
Figure TWI676654B_D0052

[式(AN-7)所表示的四羧酸二酐] [Tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by formula (AN-7)]

Figure TWI676654B_D0053
Figure TWI676654B_D0053

式(AN-7)中,X11為單鍵或-CH2-。 In Formula (AN-7), X 11 is a single bond or -CH 2- .

式(AN-7)所表示的四羧酸二酐的例子可列舉下述式所表示的化合物。 Examples of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by the formula (AN-7) include compounds represented by the following formula.

Figure TWI676654B_D0054
Figure TWI676654B_D0054

[式(AN-8)所表示的四羧酸二酐] [Tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by formula (AN-8)]

Figure TWI676654B_D0055
Figure TWI676654B_D0055

式(AN-8)中,X11為單鍵或-CH2-。R12為氫、-CH3、-CH2CH3、或苯基,環A12為環己烷環或環己烯環。 In Formula (AN-8), X 11 is a single bond or -CH 2- . R 12 is hydrogen, -CH 3 , -CH 2 CH 3 , or phenyl, and ring A 12 is a cyclohexane ring or a cyclohexene ring.

式(AN-8)所表示的四羧酸二酐的例子可列舉下述式所表示的化合物。 Examples of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by the formula (AN-8) include compounds represented by the following formula.

Figure TWI676654B_D0056
Figure TWI676654B_D0056

[式(AN-9)所表示的四羧酸二酐] [Tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by formula (AN-9)]

Figure TWI676654B_D0057
Figure TWI676654B_D0057

式(AN-9)中,r分別獨立地為0或1。 In Formula (AN-9), r is independently 0 or 1.

式(AN-9)所表示的四羧酸二酐的例子可列舉下述式所表示的化合物。 Examples of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by the formula (AN-9) include compounds represented by the following formula.

Figure TWI676654B_D0058
Figure TWI676654B_D0058

[式(AN-10-1)及式(AN-10-2)所表示的四羧酸二酐] [Tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by formula (AN-10-1) and formula (AN-10-2)]

Figure TWI676654B_D0059
Figure TWI676654B_D0059

[式(AN-11)所表示的四羧酸二酐] [Tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by formula (AN-11)]

Figure TWI676654B_D0060
Figure TWI676654B_D0060

式(AN-11)中,環A11獨立地為環己烷環或苯環。 In the formula (AN-11), the ring A 11 is independently a cyclohexane ring or a benzene ring.

式(AN-11)所表示的四羧酸二酐的例子可列舉下述式所表示的化合物。 Examples of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by the formula (AN-11) include compounds represented by the following formula.

Figure TWI676654B_D0061
Figure TWI676654B_D0061

[式(AN-12)所表示的四羧酸二酐] [Tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by formula (AN-12)]

Figure TWI676654B_D0062
Figure TWI676654B_D0062

式(AN-12)中,環A11分別獨立地為環己烷環或苯環。 In the formula (AN-12), the ring A 11 is each independently a cyclohexane ring or a benzene ring.

式(AN-12)所表示的四羧酸二酐的例子可列舉下述式所表示的化合物。 Examples of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by the formula (AN-12) include compounds represented by the following formula.

Figure TWI676654B_D0063
Figure TWI676654B_D0063

[式(AN-13)所表示的四羧酸二酐] [Tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by formula (AN-13)]

Figure TWI676654B_D0064
Figure TWI676654B_D0064

式(AN-13)中,X13為碳數2~6的伸烷基,Ph表示苯基。 In the formula (AN-13), X 13 is an alkylene group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms, and Ph represents a phenyl group.

式(AN-13)所表示的四羧酸二酐的例子可列舉下述式所表示的化合物。 Examples of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by the formula (AN-13) include compounds represented by the following formula.

Figure TWI676654B_D0065
Figure TWI676654B_D0065

式(AN-13-1)中,Ph表示苯基。 In the formula (AN-13-1), Ph represents a phenyl group.

[式(AN-14)所表示的四羧酸二酐] [Tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by formula (AN-14)]

Figure TWI676654B_D0066
Figure TWI676654B_D0066

式(AN-14)中,G14獨立地為-O-、-COO-或-OCO-,r獨立地為0或1。 In the formula (AN-14), G 14 is independently -O-, -COO-, or -OCO-, and r is independently 0 or 1.

式(AN-14)所表示的四羧酸二酐的例子可列舉下述式所表示的化合物。 Examples of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by the formula (AN-14) include compounds represented by the following formula.

Figure TWI676654B_D0067
Figure TWI676654B_D0067

Figure TWI676654B_D0068
Figure TWI676654B_D0068

Figure TWI676654B_D0069
Figure TWI676654B_D0069

[式(AN-15)所表示的四羧酸二酐] [Tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by formula (AN-15)]

Figure TWI676654B_D0070
Figure TWI676654B_D0070

式(AN-15)中,w為1~10的整數。 In Formula (AN-15), w is an integer of 1-10.

式(AN-15)所表示的四羧酸二酐的例子可列舉下述式所表示的化合物。 Examples of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by the formula (AN-15) include compounds represented by the following formula.

Figure TWI676654B_D0071
Figure TWI676654B_D0071

所述以外的四羧酸二酐可列舉下述化合物。 Examples of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride other than the above include the following compounds.

Figure TWI676654B_D0072
Figure TWI676654B_D0072

所述酸二酐中,對提高各特性的較佳材料進行說明。於重視提高液晶的配向性的情況下,較佳為式(AN-1)、式(AN-3)及式(AN-4)所表示的化合物,特佳為式(AN-1-2)、式(AN-1-13)、式(AN-3-2)、式(AN-4-17)及式(AN-4-29)所表示的化合物,其中於式(AN-1-2)中,較佳為m=4或8,於式(AN-4-17)中,較佳為m=4或8,特佳為m=8。 Among the acid dianhydrides, preferable materials for improving each characteristic will be described. In the case where it is important to improve the alignment of the liquid crystal, compounds represented by the formula (AN-1), (AN-3), and (AN-4) are preferred, and formula (AN-1-2) is particularly preferred Compounds represented by Formula (AN-1-13), Formula (AN-3-2), Formula (AN-4-17) and Formula (AN-4-29), wherein ), M = 4 or 8 is preferred, and in formula (AN-4-17), m = 4 or 8 is preferred, and m = 8 is particularly preferred.

於重視提高液晶顯示元件的透過率的情況下,所述酸二 酐中,較佳為式(AN-1-1)、式(AN-1-2)、式(AN-2-1)、式(AN-3-1)、式(AN-4-17)、式(AN-4-30)、式(AN-5-1)、式(AN-7-2)、式(AN-10)、式(AN-16-3)及式(AN-16-4)所表示的化合物,其中於式(AN-1-2)中,較佳為m=4或8,於式(AN-4-17)中,較佳為m=4或8,特佳為m=8。 In the case where it is important to improve the transmittance of a liquid crystal display element, the acid Among the anhydrides, formula (AN-1-1), formula (AN-1-2), formula (AN-2-1), formula (AN-3-1), and formula (AN-4-17) are preferred. , Formula (AN-4-30), formula (AN-5-1), formula (AN-7-2), formula (AN-10), formula (AN-16-3) and formula (AN-16- The compound represented by 4), wherein m = 4 or 8 is preferred in formula (AN-1-2), and m = 4 or 8 is preferred in formula (AN-4-17). It is m = 8.

於重視提高液晶顯示元件的電壓保持率(Voltage Holding Ratio,VHR)的情況下,所述酸二酐中,較佳為式(AN-1-1)、式(AN-1-2)、式(AN-2-1)、式(AN-3-1)、式(AN-4-17)、式(AN-4-30)、式(AN-7-2)、式(AN-10)、式(AN-16-3)及式(AN-16-4)所表示的化合物,其中於式(AN-1-2)中,較佳為m=4或8,於式(AN-4-17)中,較佳為m=4或8,特佳為m=8。 In the case of increasing the voltage holding ratio (VHR) of the liquid crystal display element, among the acid dianhydrides, the formula (AN-1-1), the formula (AN-1-2), and the formula are preferred. (AN-2-1), formula (AN-3-1), formula (AN-4-17), formula (AN-4-30), formula (AN-7-2), formula (AN-10) Compounds represented by Formula (AN-16-3) and Formula (AN-16-4), wherein in Formula (AN-1-2), it is preferably m = 4 or 8, and in Formula (AN-4 In -17), m = 4 or 8 is preferable, and m = 8 is particularly preferable.

藉由降低液晶配向膜的體積電阻值來提高配向膜中的殘留電荷(殘留直流(direct-current,DC)的緩和速度,可有效地作為防止留痕的方法之一。於重視該目的的情況下,所述酸二酐中,較佳為式(AN-1-13)、式(AN-3-2)、式(AN-4-21)、式(AN-4-29)及式(AN-11-3)所表示的化合物。 Increasing the reduction of the volume resistance value of the liquid crystal alignment film to increase the residual charge (the reduction speed of the residual direct-current (DC) in the alignment film) can be effectively used as one of the methods to prevent scoring. In the case where this purpose is valued In the following, among the acid dianhydrides, formula (AN-1-13), formula (AN-3-2), formula (AN-4-21), formula (AN-4-29), and formula ( AN-11-3).

作為本發明的液晶配向劑中所含的聚合體的原料,更適合使用的四羧酸二酐為選自下述式(2)~式(13)所表示的化合物的組群中的至少一者。 As the raw material of the polymer contained in the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention, the tetracarboxylic dianhydride that is more suitably used is at least one selected from the group of the compounds represented by the following formulae (2) to (13). By.

Figure TWI676654B_D0073
Figure TWI676654B_D0073

所述式中的氫的至少一者可經-CH3、-CH2CH3或苯基所取代。 At least one of the hydrogens in the formula may be substituted with -CH 3 , -CH 2 CH 3 or phenyl.

此外,式(2)中的未經取代的化合物相當於所述式(AN-3-2)的化合物,式(3)中的未經取代的化合物相當於所述式(AN-2-1)的化合物,式(4)中的未經取代的化合物相當於所述式(AN-1-1)的化合物,式(5)中的未經取代的化合物相當於所述式(AN-3-1)的化合物,式(6)中的未經取代的化合物相當於所述式(AN-1-13)的化合物,式(7)中的未經取代的化合物相當於所述式(AN-16-1)的化合物,式(8)中的未經取代的化合物相當於所述式(AN-7-2)的化合物,式(9)中的未經取代的 化合物相當於所述式(AN-10-1)的化合物,式(10)中的未經取代的化合物相當於所述式(AN-4-17)中m=8的化合物,式(11)中的未經取代的化合物相當於所述式(AN-4-21)的化合物,式(12)中的未經取代的化合物相當於所述式(AN-5-1)的化合物,而且,式(13)中的未經取代的化合物相當於所述式(AN-4-5)的化合物。 In addition, the unsubstituted compound in the formula (2) corresponds to the compound of the formula (AN-3-2), and the unsubstituted compound in the formula (3) corresponds to the formula (AN-2-1) ), The unsubstituted compound in formula (4) corresponds to the compound of formula (AN-1-1), and the unsubstituted compound in formula (5) corresponds to the formula (AN-3) -1) a compound, an unsubstituted compound in the formula (6) corresponds to the compound of the formula (AN-1-13), and an unsubstituted compound in the formula (7) corresponds to the formula (AN) -16-1), the unsubstituted compound in formula (8) corresponds to the compound of formula (AN-7-2), and the unsubstituted compound in formula (9) The compound corresponds to the compound of the formula (AN-10-1), the unsubstituted compound in the formula (10) corresponds to the compound of m = 8 in the formula (AN-4-17), and the formula (11) The unsubstituted compound in is equivalent to the compound of formula (AN-4-21), the unsubstituted compound in formula (12) is equivalent to the compound of formula (AN-5-1), and, The unsubstituted compound in the formula (13) corresponds to the compound of the formula (AN-4-5).

對為了製造本發明的液晶配向劑中所含的聚醯胺酸及其衍生物而使用的二胺及二醯肼進行說明。本發明中使用的二胺及二醯肼可並無限制地自公知的二胺及二醯肼中選擇。二胺可使一種化合物與四羧酸二酐進行反應,亦可將兩種以上的化合物混合而與四羧酸二酐進行反應。本說明書中所謂「二胺」不僅是指一種化合物,有時其含義中亦包含兩種以上的化合物的混合物。另外,本說明書中,二醯肼亦設為作為「二胺」來操作者。 The diamine and the dihydrazine used for producing the polyamidic acid and its derivative contained in the liquid crystal aligning agent of this invention are demonstrated. The diamine and dihydrazine used in the present invention can be selected from known diamines and dihydrazine without limitation. Diamine can react one compound with tetracarboxylic dianhydride, or it can also mix two or more compounds to react with tetracarboxylic dianhydride. The "diamine" in this specification means not only one kind of compound but also a mixture of two or more kinds of compounds in its meaning. In addition, in this specification, dihydrazine is also assumed to be operated as a "diamine".

二胺可根據其結構而分成兩種。即,當將連結有兩個胺基的骨架視為主鏈時,所述二胺為具有自主鏈上分支的基團即側鏈基的二胺與不具有側鏈基的二胺。該側鏈基為具有擴大預傾角的效果的基團。具有所述效果的側鏈基必須為碳數3以上的基團,具體例可列舉:碳數3以上的烷基、碳數3以上的烷氧基、碳數3以上的烷氧基烷基、以及具有類固醇骨架的基團。具有一個以上的環的基團,且其末端的環具有碳數1以上的烷基、碳數1以上的烷氧基以及碳數2以上的烷氧基烷基的任一者作為取代基的基團亦具有作為側鏈基的效果。以下的說明中,有時將具有如上所 述的側鏈基的二胺稱為側鏈型二胺。而且,有時將不具有如上所述的側鏈基的二胺稱為非側鏈型二胺。 Diamines can be divided into two types based on their structure. That is, when a skeleton to which two amine groups are connected is regarded as a main chain, the diamine is a diamine having a side chain group that is a group branched on an autonomous chain and a diamine having no side chain group. The side chain group is a group having an effect of increasing the pretilt angle. The side chain group having the above effect must be a group having 3 or more carbon atoms. Specific examples include an alkyl group having 3 or more carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 3 or more carbon atoms, and an alkoxyalkyl group having 3 or more carbon atoms. And a group having a steroid skeleton. A group having one or more rings, and a terminal ring having any of an alkyl group having 1 or more carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 or more carbon atoms, and an alkoxyalkyl group having 2 or more carbon atoms as substituents The group also has an effect as a side chain group. In the following description, sometimes there will be The diamine of the side chain group is called a side chain type diamine. In addition, a diamine having no side chain group as described above is sometimes referred to as a non-side chain type diamine.

藉由將非側鏈型二胺與側鏈型二胺適當地分開使用,可對應各自所需要的預傾角。側鏈型二胺較佳為在不損及本發明的特性的程度上併用。另外,關於側鏈型二胺及非側鏈型二胺,較佳為出於提高對液晶的垂直配向性、電壓保持率、留痕特性以及配向性的目的而取捨選擇來使用。 By appropriately using the non-side chain type diamine and the side chain type diamine separately, it is possible to correspond to the respective pretilt angles required. The side chain type diamine is preferably used in combination to such an extent that the characteristics of the present invention are not impaired. In addition, as for the side chain type diamine and the non-side chain type diamine, it is preferable to select and use it for the purpose of improving the vertical alignment property to the liquid crystal, the voltage holding ratio, the mark retention property, and the alignment property.

對非側鏈型二胺進行說明。已知的不具有側鏈的二胺可列舉以下的式(DI-1)~式(DI-16)的二胺。 The non-side chain type diamine will be described. Examples of known diamines having no side chain include diamines of the following formulae (DI-1) to (DI-16).

Figure TWI676654B_D0074
Figure TWI676654B_D0074

Figure TWI676654B_D0075
Figure TWI676654B_D0075

Figure TWI676654B_D0076
Figure TWI676654B_D0076

Figure TWI676654B_D0077
Figure TWI676654B_D0077

Figure TWI676654B_D0078
Figure TWI676654B_D0078

Figure TWI676654B_D0079
Figure TWI676654B_D0079

Figure TWI676654B_D0080
Figure TWI676654B_D0080

所述的式(DI-1)中,G20為-CH2-,至少一個-CH2-可取代為-NH-、-O-,m為1~12的整數,伸烷基的至少一個氫可取代為-OH。 In the formula (DI-1), G 20 is -CH 2- , at least one -CH 2 -may be substituted with -NH-, -O-, m is an integer from 1 to 12, and at least one of alkylene Hydrogen may be replaced by -OH.

式(DI-3)及式(DI-5)~式(DI-7)中,G21獨立地為單鍵、-NH-、-NCH3-、-O-、-S-、-S-S-、-SO2-、-CO-、-COO-、-CONCH3-、-CONH-、-C(CH3)2-、-C(CF3)2-、-(CH2)m-、-O-(CH2)m-O-、-N(-Ra)-(CH2)k-N(-Ra)-、-(O-C2H4)m-O-、-O-CH2-C(CF3)2-CH2-O-、-O-CO-(CH2)m-CO-O-、-CO-O-(CH2)m-O-CO-、-(CH2)m-NH-(CH2)m-、-CO-(CH2)k-NH-(CH2)k-、-(NH-(CH2)m)k-NH-、-CO-C3H6-(NH-C3H6)n-CO-或-S-(CH2)m-S-,Ra為碳數1~3的烷基,m獨立地為1~12的整數,k為1~5的整數,n為1或2。 In formulas (DI-3) and (DI-5) to (DI-7), G 21 is independently a single bond, -NH-, -NCH 3- , -O-, -S-, -SS- , -SO 2- , -CO-, -COO-, -CONCH 3- , -CONH-, -C (CH 3 ) 2- , -C (CF 3 ) 2 -,-(CH 2 ) m -,- O- (CH 2 ) m -O-, -N (-Ra)-(CH 2 ) k -N (-Ra)-,-(OC 2 H 4 ) m -O-, -O-CH 2 -C (CF 3 ) 2 -CH 2 -O-, -O-CO- (CH 2 ) m -CO-O-, -CO-O- (CH 2 ) m -O-CO-,-(CH 2 ) m -NH- (CH 2 ) m- , -CO- (CH 2 ) k -NH- (CH 2 ) k -,-(NH- (CH 2 ) m ) k -NH-, -CO-C 3 H 6 -(NH-C 3 H 6 ) n -CO- or -S- (CH 2 ) m -S-, Ra is an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, m is independently an integer of 1 to 12, and k is 1 An integer of ~ 5, where n is 1 or 2.

式(DI-4)中,s獨立地為0~2的整數。式(DI-6)及式(DI-7)中,G22獨立地為單鍵、-O-、-S-、-CO-、-C(CH3)2-、-C(CF3)2-、-NH-、或碳數1~10的伸烷基。式(DI-2)~式(DI-7)中的環己烷環以及苯環的至少一個氫可經-F、-Cl、碳數1~3的烷基、-OCH3、-OH、-CF3、-CO2H、-CONH2、-NHC6H5、苯基或苄基所取代,除此以外,式(DI-4)中,苯環的至少一個氫可經選自下述式(DI-4-a)~式(DI-4-e)所表示的基團的組群中的一者所取代。鍵結位置並不固定於構成環的碳原子上的基團表示其於環中的鍵結位置為任意。而且,-NH2於環己烷環或苯環上的鍵結位置為除G21或G22的鍵結位置之外的任意位置。 In the formula (DI-4), s is independently an integer of 0 to 2. In formula (DI-6) and formula (DI-7), G 22 is independently a single bond, -O-, -S-, -CO-, -C (CH 3 ) 2- , -C (CF 3 ) 2- , -NH-, or an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. At least one hydrogen of the cyclohexane ring and the benzene ring in the formulae (DI-2) to (DI-7) may pass through -F, -Cl, an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, -OCH 3 , -OH, In addition to -CF 3 , -CO 2 H, -CONH 2 , -NHC 6 H 5 , phenyl or benzyl, in addition, in formula (DI-4), at least one hydrogen of the benzene ring may be selected from One of the groups represented by the formulae (DI-4-a) to (DI-4-e) is substituted. A group whose bonding position is not fixed to a carbon atom constituting a ring indicates that its bonding position in the ring is arbitrary. The bonding position of -NH 2 on the cyclohexane ring or benzene ring is any position other than the bonding position of G 21 or G 22 .

Figure TWI676654B_D0081
Figure TWI676654B_D0081

式(D1-4-a)及式(DI-4-b)中,R20獨立地為氫或-CH3In the formula (D1-4-a) and the formula (DI-4-b), R 20 is independently hydrogen or -CH 3 .

Figure TWI676654B_D0082
Figure TWI676654B_D0082

Figure TWI676654B_D0083
Figure TWI676654B_D0083

Figure TWI676654B_D0084
Figure TWI676654B_D0084

Figure TWI676654B_D0085
Figure TWI676654B_D0085

式(DI-11)中,r為0或1。式(DI-8)~式(DI-11)中,鍵結於環上的-NH2的鍵結位置為任意位置。 In Formula (DI-11), r is 0 or 1. In formulas (DI-8) to (DI-11), the bonding position of -NH 2 bonded to the ring is arbitrary.

Figure TWI676654B_D0086
Figure TWI676654B_D0086

Figure TWI676654B_D0087
Figure TWI676654B_D0087

Figure TWI676654B_D0088
Figure TWI676654B_D0088

Figure TWI676654B_D0089
Figure TWI676654B_D0089

Figure TWI676654B_D0090
Figure TWI676654B_D0090

式(DI-12)中,R21及R22獨立地為碳數1~3的烷基或苯基,G23獨立地為碳數1~6的伸烷基、伸苯基或者經烷基取代的伸苯基,w為1~10的整數。式(DI-13)中,R23獨立地為碳數1~5的烷基、碳數1~5的烷氧基或者-Cl,p獨立地為0~3的整數,q為0~4的整數。式(DI-14)中,環B為單環的雜環式芳香族基,R24為氫、-F、-Cl、碳數1~6的烷基、烷氧基、乙烯基、炔基,q獨立地為0~4的整數。式(DI-15)中,環C為雜環式芳香族基 或者雜環式脂肪族基。式(DI-16)中,G24為單鍵、碳數2~6的伸烷基或1,4-伸苯基,r為0或1。而且,鍵結位置並不固定於構成環的碳原子上的基團表示其於環中的鍵結位置為任意。式(DI-13)~式(DI-16)中,鍵結於環上的-NH2的鍵結位置為任意位置。 In the formula (DI-12), R 21 and R 22 are independently an alkyl group or a phenyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and G 23 is independently an alkylene group, a phenylene group, or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. For substituted phenylene, w is an integer from 1 to 10. In formula (DI-13), R 23 is independently an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or -Cl, p is independently an integer of 0 to 3, and q is 0 to 4 Integer. In formula (DI-14), ring B is a monocyclic heterocyclic aromatic group, and R 24 is hydrogen, -F, -Cl, alkyl having 1 to 6 carbons, alkoxy, vinyl, and alkynyl , Q is independently an integer from 0 to 4. In formula (DI-15), ring C is a heterocyclic aromatic group or a heterocyclic aliphatic group. In the formula (DI-16), G 24 is a single bond, an alkylene group or a 1,4-phenylene group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms, and r is 0 or 1. In addition, a group in which the bonding position is not fixed to the carbon atom constituting the ring indicates that the bonding position in the ring is arbitrary. In formulas (DI-13) to (DI-16), the bonding position of -NH 2 bonded to the ring is arbitrary.

所述式(DI-1)~式(DI-16)的不具有側鏈的二胺可列舉以下的式(DI-1-1)~式(DI-16-1)的具體例。 Specific examples of the following formula (DI-1-1) to formula (DI-16-1) include diamines having no side chains in the formulas (DI-1) to (DI-16).

將式(DI-1)所表示的二胺的例子示於以下。 Examples of the diamine represented by the formula (DI-1) are shown below.

Figure TWI676654B_D0091
Figure TWI676654B_D0091

式(DI-1-7)及式(DI-1-8)中,k分別獨立地為1~3的整數。 In Formula (DI-1-7) and Formula (DI-1-8), k is an integer of 1-3 each independently.

將式(DI-2)及式(DI-3)所表示的二胺的例子示於以下。 Examples of the diamine represented by the formula (DI-2) and the formula (DI-3) are shown below.

Figure TWI676654B_D0092
Figure TWI676654B_D0092

將式(DI-4)所表示的二胺的例子示於以下。 Examples of the diamine represented by the formula (DI-4) are shown below.

Figure TWI676654B_D0093
Figure TWI676654B_D0093

Figure TWI676654B_D0094
Figure TWI676654B_D0094

將式(DI-5)所表示的二胺的例子示於以下。 Examples of the diamine represented by the formula (DI-5) are shown below.

Figure TWI676654B_D0095
Figure TWI676654B_D0095

式(DI-5-1)中,m為1~12的整數。 In Formula (DI-5-1), m is an integer of 1-12.

Figure TWI676654B_D0096
Figure TWI676654B_D0096

式(DI-5-12)及式(DI-5-13)中,m為1~12的整數。 In Formula (DI-5-12) and Formula (DI-5-13), m is an integer of 1-12.

Figure TWI676654B_D0097
Figure TWI676654B_D0097

式(DI-5-16)中,v為1~6的整數。 In the formula (DI-5-16), v is an integer of 1 to 6.

Figure TWI676654B_D0098
Figure TWI676654B_D0098

式(DI-5-30)中,k為1~5的整數。 In the formula (DI-5-30), k is an integer of 1 to 5.

Figure TWI676654B_D0099
Figure TWI676654B_D0099

式(DI-5-35)~式(DI-5-37)及式(DI-5-39)中,m為1~12的整數,式(DI-5-38)及式(DI-5-39)中,k為1~5的整數,式(DI-5-40)中,n為1或2的整數。 In formulas (DI-5-35) to (DI-5-37) and (DI-5-39), m is an integer of 1 to 12, and formulas (DI-5-38) and (DI-5 In -39), k is an integer of 1 to 5, and in formula (DI-5-40), n is an integer of 1 or 2.

將式(DI-6)所表示的二胺的例子示於以下。 Examples of the diamine represented by the formula (DI-6) are shown below.

Figure TWI676654B_D0100
Figure TWI676654B_D0100

將式(DI-7)所表示的二胺的例子示於以下。 Examples of the diamine represented by the formula (DI-7) are shown below.

Figure TWI676654B_D0101
Figure TWI676654B_D0101

Figure TWI676654B_D0102
Figure TWI676654B_D0102

Figure TWI676654B_D0103
Figure TWI676654B_D0103

Figure TWI676654B_D0104
Figure TWI676654B_D0104

Figure TWI676654B_D0105
Figure TWI676654B_D0105

式(DI-7-3)及式(DI-7-4)中,m為1~12的整數,n獨立地為1或2。 In Formula (DI-7-3) and Formula (DI-7-4), m is an integer of 1 to 12, and n is independently 1 or 2.

Figure TWI676654B_D0106
Figure TWI676654B_D0106

Figure TWI676654B_D0107
Figure TWI676654B_D0107

Figure TWI676654B_D0108
Figure TWI676654B_D0108

Figure TWI676654B_D0109
Figure TWI676654B_D0109

Figure TWI676654B_D0110
Figure TWI676654B_D0110

Figure TWI676654B_D0111
Figure TWI676654B_D0111

將式(DI-8)所表示的二胺的例子示於以下。 Examples of the diamine represented by the formula (DI-8) are shown below.

Figure TWI676654B_D0112
Figure TWI676654B_D0112

將式(DI-9)所表示的二胺的例子示於以下。 Examples of the diamine represented by the formula (DI-9) are shown below.

Figure TWI676654B_D0113
Figure TWI676654B_D0113

將式(DI-10)所表示的二胺的例子示於以下。 Examples of the diamine represented by the formula (DI-10) are shown below.

Figure TWI676654B_D0114
Figure TWI676654B_D0114

將式(DI-11)所表示的二胺的例子示於以下。 Examples of the diamine represented by the formula (DI-11) are shown below.

Figure TWI676654B_D0115
Figure TWI676654B_D0115

將式(DI-12)所表示的二胺的例子示於以下。 Examples of the diamine represented by the formula (DI-12) are shown below.

Figure TWI676654B_D0116
Figure TWI676654B_D0116

將式(DI-13)所表示的二胺的例子示於以下。 Examples of the diamine represented by the formula (DI-13) are shown below.

Figure TWI676654B_D0117
Figure TWI676654B_D0117

Figure TWI676654B_D0118
Figure TWI676654B_D0118

將式(DI-14)所表示的二胺的例子示於以下。 Examples of the diamine represented by the formula (DI-14) are shown below.

Figure TWI676654B_D0119
Figure TWI676654B_D0119

將式(DI-15)所表示的二胺的例子示於以下。 Examples of the diamine represented by the formula (DI-15) are shown below.

Figure TWI676654B_D0120
Figure TWI676654B_D0120

將式(DI-16)所表示的二胺的例子示於以下。 Examples of the diamine represented by the formula (DI-16) are shown below.

Figure TWI676654B_D0121
Figure TWI676654B_D0121

對二醯肼進行說明。已知的不具有側鏈的二醯肼可列舉以下的式(DIH-1)~式(DIH-3)。 Dihydrazide will be described. Examples of known dihydrazine having no side chain include the following formulae (DIH-1) to (DIH-3).

Figure TWI676654B_D0122
Figure TWI676654B_D0122

Figure TWI676654B_D0123
Figure TWI676654B_D0123

Figure TWI676654B_D0124
Figure TWI676654B_D0124

式(DIH-1)中,G25為單鍵、碳數1~20的伸烷基、-CO-、-O-、-S-、-SO2-、-C(CH3)2-或-C(CF3)2-。 In formula (DIH-1), G 25 is a single bond, an alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, -CO-, -O-, -S-, -SO 2- , -C (CH 3 ) 2 -or -C (CF 3 ) 2- .

式(DIH-2)中,環D為環己烷環、苯環或萘環,該基團的至少一個氫可經甲基、乙基、或苯基所取代。式(DIH-3)中,環E分別獨立地為環己烷環或苯環,該基團的至少一個氫可經甲基、乙基或苯基所取代,Y為單鍵、碳數1~20的伸烷基、-CO-、-O-、-S-、-SO2-、-C(CH3)2-或-C(CF3)2-。式(DIH-2)及式(DIH-3)中,鍵結於環上的-CONHNH2的鍵結位置為任意位置。 In the formula (DIH-2), the ring D is a cyclohexane ring, a benzene ring, or a naphthalene ring, and at least one hydrogen of the group may be substituted by a methyl group, an ethyl group, or a phenyl group. In the formula (DIH-3), the ring E is independently a cyclohexane ring or a benzene ring, at least one hydrogen of the group may be substituted by a methyl group, an ethyl group, or a phenyl group, and Y is a single bond and the carbon number is 1 ~ 20 alkylene, -CO-, -O-, -S-, -SO 2- , -C (CH 3 ) 2 -or -C (CF 3 ) 2- . In formula (DIH-2) and formula (DIH-3), the bonding position of -CONHNH 2 bonded to the ring is arbitrary.

將式(DIH-1)~式(DIH-3)的例子示於以下。 Examples of the formulae (DIH-1) to (DIH-3) are shown below.

Figure TWI676654B_D0125
Figure TWI676654B_D0125

式(DIH-1-2)中,m為1~12的整數。 In Formula (DIH-1-2), m is an integer of 1-12.

Figure TWI676654B_D0126
Figure TWI676654B_D0126

Figure TWI676654B_D0127
Figure TWI676654B_D0127

如上所述的非側鏈型二胺及醯肼具有使液晶顯示元件的離子密度下降等改善電氣特性的效果。於使用非側鏈型二胺及/或醯肼來作為為了製造本發明的液晶配向劑中使用的聚醯胺酸或其衍生物而使用的二胺的情況下,較佳為將於二胺及二醯肼的總量中所佔的其比例設為0莫耳%~90莫耳%,更佳為設為0莫耳%~50莫耳%。 The above-mentioned non-side chain diamine and hydrazine have effects of improving the electrical characteristics such as lowering the ion density of the liquid crystal display element. When a non-side chain type diamine and / or hydrazine are used as the diamine used to produce the polyamidic acid or a derivative thereof used in the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention, the diamine is preferably The proportion of the total amount of dihydrazine is 0 to 90 mol%, and more preferably 0 to 50 mol%.

對側鏈型二胺進行說明。側鏈型二胺的側鏈基可列舉以 下的基團。 The side chain type diamine will be described. Examples of the side chain group of the side chain diamine include Under groups.

作為側鏈基,首先可列舉:烷基、烷基氧基、烷基氧基烷基、烷基羰基、烷基羰基氧基、烷基氧基羰基、烷基胺基羰基、烯基、烯基氧基、烯基羰基、烯基羰基氧基、烯基氧基羰基、烯基胺基羰基、炔基、炔基氧基、炔基羰基、炔基羰基氧基、炔基氧基羰基、炔基胺基羰基等。該些基團中的烷基、烯基及炔基均為碳數3以上的基團。其中,於烷基氧基烷基中,只要基團整體為碳數3以上即可。該些基團可為直鏈狀,亦可為分支鏈狀。 Examples of the side chain group include alkyl, alkyloxy, alkyloxyalkyl, alkylcarbonyl, alkylcarbonyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyl, alkylaminocarbonyl, alkenyl, and alkenyl Alkoxy, alkenylcarbonyl, alkenylcarbonyloxy, alkenyloxycarbonyl, alkenylaminocarbonyl, alkynyl, alkynyloxy, alkynylcarbonyl, alkynyloxy, alkynyloxycarbonyl, Alkynylaminocarbonyl and the like. The alkyl group, alkenyl group, and alkynyl group in these groups are all groups having 3 or more carbon atoms. Among them, in the alkyloxyalkyl group, the entire group may be 3 or more carbon atoms. These groups may be linear or branched.

繼而,以末端的環具有碳數1以上的烷基、碳數1以上的烷氧基或碳數2以上的烷氧基烷基作為取代基為條件,可列舉:苯基、苯基烷基、苯基烷基氧基、苯基氧基、苯基羰基、苯基羰基氧基、苯基氧基羰基、苯基胺基羰基、苯基環己基氧基、碳數3以上的環烷基、環己基烷基、環己基氧基、環己基氧基羰基、環己基苯基、環己基苯基烷基、環己基苯基氧基、雙(環己基)氧基、雙(環己基)烷基、雙(環己基)苯基、雙(環己基)苯基烷基、雙(環己基)氧基羰基、雙(環己基)苯基氧基羰基、及環己基雙(苯基)氧基羰基等環結構的基團。 Further, provided that the terminal ring has an alkyl group having 1 or more carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 or more carbon atoms, or an alkoxyalkyl group having 2 or more carbon atoms as a substituent, a phenyl group and a phenylalkyl group can be exemplified. , Phenylalkyloxy, phenyloxy, phenylcarbonyl, phenylcarbonyloxy, phenyloxycarbonyl, phenylaminocarbonyl, phenylcyclohexyloxy, cycloalkyl having 3 or more carbon atoms , Cyclohexylalkyl, cyclohexyloxy, cyclohexyloxycarbonyl, cyclohexylphenyl, cyclohexylphenylalkyl, cyclohexylphenyloxy, bis (cyclohexyl) oxy, bis (cyclohexyl) alkane , Bis (cyclohexyl) phenyl, bis (cyclohexyl) phenylalkyl, bis (cyclohexyl) oxycarbonyl, bis (cyclohexyl) phenyloxycarbonyl, and cyclohexylbis (phenyl) oxy A carbonyl group and other ring structures.

進而,可列舉具有兩個以上的苯環的基團、具有兩個以上的環己烷環的基團或包括苯環及環己烷環的2環以上的基團,且鍵結基獨立地為單鍵、-O-、-COO-、-OCO-、-CONH-或碳數1~3的伸烷基,末端的環具有碳數1以上的烷基、碳數1以上的氟取代烷基、碳數1以上的烷氧基、或碳數2以上的烷氧基烷基作 為取代基的環集合基。具有類固醇骨架的基團亦可有效地作為側鏈基。 Furthermore, a group having two or more benzene rings, a group having two or more cyclohexane rings, or a two or more ring group including a benzene ring and a cyclohexane ring can be listed, and the bonding group is independently It is a single bond, -O-, -COO-, -OCO-, -CONH-, or an alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms. The terminal ring has an alkyl group having 1 or more carbon atoms and a fluorine-substituted alkyl group having 1 or more carbon atoms. Group, alkoxy group having 1 or more carbon atoms, or alkoxyalkyl group having 2 or more carbon atoms as Is a ring group of a substituent. A group having a steroid skeleton is also effective as a side chain group.

具有側鏈的二胺可列舉以下的式(DI-31)~式(DI-35)所表示的化合物。 Examples of the diamine having a side chain include compounds represented by the following formulae (DI-31) to (DI-35).

Figure TWI676654B_D0128
Figure TWI676654B_D0128

式(DI-31)中,G26為單鍵、-O-、-COO-、-OCO-、-CO-、-CONH-、-CH2O-、-OCH2-、-CF2O-、-OCF2-或-(CH2)m'-,m'為1~12的整數。G26的較佳例為單鍵、-O-、-COO-、-OCO-、-CH2O-、以及碳數1~3的伸烷基,特佳例為單鍵、-O-、-COO-、-OCO-、-CH2O-、-CH2-及-CH2CH2-。R25為碳數3~30的烷基、苯基、具有類固醇骨架的基團、或者下述式(DI-31-a)所表示的基團。該烷基中,至少一個氫可經-F所取代,而且至少一個-CH2-可經-O-、-CH=CH-或-C≡C-所取代。該苯基的氫可經-F、-CH3、-OCH3、-OCH2F、-OCHF2、-OCF3、碳數3~30的烷基或碳數3~30的烷氧基所取代。鍵結於苯環上的-NH2的鍵結位置表示於該環中為任意位置,但其鍵結位置較佳為間位或者對位。即,當將基團「R25-G26-」的鍵結位置設為1位時,兩個鍵結位置較佳為3位與 5位、或2位與5位。 In formula (DI-31), G 26 is a single bond, -O-, -COO-, -OCO-, -CO-, -CONH-, -CH 2 O-, -OCH 2- , -CF 2 O- , -OCF 2 -or-(CH 2 ) m ' -, m' is an integer from 1 to 12. Preferred examples of G 26 are single bonds, -O-, -COO-, -OCO-, -CH 2 O-, and alkylene groups having 1 to 3 carbon atoms. Particularly preferred examples are single bonds, -O-, -COO-, -OCO-, -CH 2 O-, -CH 2- , and -CH 2 CH 2- . R 25 is an alkyl group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms, a phenyl group, a group having a steroid skeleton, or a group represented by the following formula (DI-31-a). In the alkyl group, at least one hydrogen may be substituted with -F, and at least one -CH 2 -may be substituted with -O-, -CH = CH-, or -C≡C-. The hydrogen of the phenyl group can be obtained through -F, -CH 3 , -OCH 3 , -OCH 2 F, -OCHF 2 , -OCF 3 , alkyl group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms, or alkoxy group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms To replace. The bonding position of -NH 2 which is bonded to a benzene ring is shown at any position in the ring, but the bonding position is preferably meta or para. That is, when the bonding position of the group "R 25 -G 26- " is set to one position, the two bonding positions are preferably 3 positions and 5 positions, or 2 positions and 5 positions.

Figure TWI676654B_D0129
Figure TWI676654B_D0129

式(DI-31-a)中,G27、G28及G29為鍵結基,該些基團獨立地為單鍵、或碳數1~12的伸烷基,該伸烷基的一個以上的-CH2-可經-O-、-COO-、-OCO-、-CONH-、-CH=CH-所取代。環B21、環B22、環B23及環B24獨立地為1,4-伸苯基、1,4-伸環己基、1,3-二噁烷-2,5-二基、嘧啶-2,5-二基、吡啶-2,5-二基、萘-1,5-二基、萘-2,7-二基或者蒽-9,10-二基,環B21、環B22、環B23及環B24中,至少一個氫可經-F或-CH3所取代,s、t及u獨立地為0~2的整數,該些的合計為1~5,當s、t或u為2時,各個括弧內的兩個鍵結基可相同,亦可不同,而且,兩個環可相同,亦可不同。R26為氫、-F、-OH、碳數1~30的烷基、碳數1~30的氟取代烷基、碳數1~30的烷氧基、-CN、-OCH2F、-OCHF2或-OCF3,該碳數1~30的烷基的至少一個-CH2-可經下述式(DI-31-b)所表示的二價基團所取代。 In the formula (DI-31-a), G 27 , G 28 and G 29 are bonding groups, and these groups are independently a single bond or an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms. The above -CH 2 -may be replaced by -O-, -COO-, -OCO-, -CONH-, -CH = CH-. Ring B 21 , Ring B 22 , Ring B 23 and Ring B 24 are independently 1,4-phenylene, 1,4-cyclohexyl, 1,3-dioxane-2,5-diyl, pyrimidine -2,5-diyl, pyridine-2,5-diyl, naphthalene-1,5-diyl, naphthalene-2,7-diyl, or anthracene-9,10-diyl, ring B 21 , ring B In ring 22 , ring B 23 and ring B 24 , at least one hydrogen may be replaced by -F or -CH 3 , and s, t, and u are independently integers of 0 to 2, and the total of these is 1 to 5, when s When, t or u is 2, the two bonding groups in each parenthesis may be the same or different, and the two rings may be the same or different. R 26 is hydrogen, -F, -OH, alkyl having 1 to 30 carbons, fluorine-substituted alkyl having 1 to 30 carbons, alkoxy having 1 to 30 carbons, -CN, -OCH 2 F,- OCHF 2 or -OCF 3 , and at least one -CH 2 -of the alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms may be substituted with a divalent group represented by the following formula (DI-31-b).

Figure TWI676654B_D0130
Figure TWI676654B_D0130

式(DI-31-b)中,R27及R28獨立地為碳數1~3的烷基,v為1~6的整數。R26的較佳例為碳數1~30的烷基以及碳數1~30的烷氧基。 In formula (DI-31-b), R 27 and R 28 are independently an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and v is an integer of 1 to 6. Preferred examples of R 26 are an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms and an alkoxy group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms.

Figure TWI676654B_D0131
Figure TWI676654B_D0131

Figure TWI676654B_D0132
Figure TWI676654B_D0132

式(DI-32)及式(DI-33)中,G30獨立地為單鍵、-CO-或-CH2-,R29獨立地為氫或-CH3,R30為氫、碳數1~20的烷基、或碳數2~20的烯基。式(DI-33)中的苯環的至少一個氫可經碳數1~20的烷基或苯基所取代。而且,鍵結位置並不固定於構成環的任一個碳原子上的基團表示其於環中的鍵結位置為任意。較佳為式(DI-32)中的兩個基團「-伸苯基-G30-O-」的其中一者鍵結於類固醇核的3位上,另一者鍵結於類固醇核的6位上。式(DI-33) 中的兩個基團「-伸苯基-G30-O-」於苯環上的鍵結位置較佳為相對於類固醇核的鍵結位置而分別為間位或者對位。式(DI-32)及式(DI-33)中,鍵結於苯環上的-NH2表示其於環中的鍵結位置為任意。 In formula (DI-32) and formula (DI-33), G 30 is independently a single bond, -CO- or -CH 2- , R 29 is independently hydrogen or -CH 3 , and R 30 is hydrogen and carbon number An alkyl group of 1 to 20 or an alkenyl group of 2 to 20 carbons. At least one hydrogen of the benzene ring in the formula (DI-33) may be substituted with an alkyl group or a phenyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. Furthermore, a group in which the bonding position is not fixed to any carbon atom constituting the ring indicates that the bonding position in the ring is arbitrary. Preferably in formula (DI-32) two groups "- phenylene -G 30 -O-" which are bonded to a steroid nucleus the 3-position, bonded to the other steroid nucleus 6th place. The bonding position of the two groups "-phenylene-G 30 -O-" on the benzene ring in the formula (DI-33) is preferably meta or opposite to the bonding position of the steroid core, respectively. Bit. In formulas (DI-32) and (DI-33), -NH 2 bonded to a benzene ring indicates that the bonding position in the ring is arbitrary.

Figure TWI676654B_D0133
Figure TWI676654B_D0133

Figure TWI676654B_D0134
Figure TWI676654B_D0134

式(DI-34)及式(DI-35)中,G31獨立地為-O-或碳數1~6的伸烷基,G32為單鍵或碳數1~3的伸烷基。R31為氫或碳數1~20的烷基,該烷基的至少一個-CH2-可經-O-、-CH=CH-或-C≡C-所取代。R32為碳數6~22的烷基,R33為氫或碳數1~22的烷基。環B25為1,4-伸苯基或1,4-伸環己基,r為0或1。而且,鍵結於苯環上的-NH2表示其於環中的鍵結位置為任意,但較佳為獨立地相對於G31的鍵結位置而為間位或者對位。 In Formula (DI-34) and Formula (DI-35), G 31 is independently -O- or an alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and G 32 is a single bond or an alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms. R 31 is hydrogen or an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and at least one -CH 2 -of the alkyl group may be substituted by -O-, -CH = CH-, or -C≡C-. R 32 is an alkyl group having 6 to 22 carbon atoms, and R 33 is hydrogen or an alkyl group having 1 to 22 carbon atoms. Ring B 25 is 1,4-phenylene or 1,4-cyclohexyl, and r is 0 or 1. Furthermore, -NH 2 bonded to a benzene ring indicates that the bonding position in the ring is arbitrary, but it is preferably meta or para with respect to the bonding position of G 31 independently.

以下例示側鏈型二胺的具體例。所述式(DI-31)~式(DI-35)的具有側鏈的二胺可列舉下述式(DI-31-1)~式(DI-35-3)所表示的化合物。 Specific examples of the side chain diamine are shown below. Examples of the diamine having a side chain of the formulae (DI-31) to (DI-35) include compounds represented by the following formulae (DI-31-1) to (DI-35-3).

將式(DI-31)所表示的化合物的例子示於以下。 Examples of the compound represented by the formula (DI-31) are shown below.

Figure TWI676654B_D0135
Figure TWI676654B_D0135

式(DI-31-1)~式(DI-31-11)中,R34為碳數1~30的烷基或碳數1~30的烷氧基,較佳為碳數5~25的烷基或碳數5~25的烷氧基。R35為碳數1~30的烷基或碳數1~30的烷氧基,較佳為碳數3~25的烷基或碳數3~25的烷氧基。 In the formulae (DI-31-1) to (DI-31-11), R 34 is an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, preferably 5 to 25 carbon atoms. Alkyl or alkoxy having 5 to 25 carbon atoms. R 35 is an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, and is preferably an alkyl group having 3 to 25 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 3 to 25 carbon atoms.

Figure TWI676654B_D0136
Figure TWI676654B_D0136

式(DI-31-12)~式(DI-31-17)中,R36為碳數4~30的烷基,較佳為碳數6~25的烷基。R37為碳數6~30的烷基,較佳為碳數8~25的烷基。 In the formulae (DI-31-12) to (DI-31-17), R 36 is an alkyl group having 4 to 30 carbon atoms, and preferably an alkyl group having 6 to 25 carbon atoms. R 37 is an alkyl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, and preferably an alkyl group having 8 to 25 carbon atoms.

Figure TWI676654B_D0137
Figure TWI676654B_D0137

Figure TWI676654B_D0138
Figure TWI676654B_D0138

Figure TWI676654B_D0139
Figure TWI676654B_D0139

式(DI-31-18)~式(DI-31-43)中,R38為碳數1~20的烷基或碳數1~20的烷氧基,較佳為碳數3~20的烷基或碳數3~20的烷氧基。R39為氫、-F、碳數1~30的烷基、碳數1~30的烷氧基、-CN、-OCH2F、-OCHF2或者-OCF3,較佳為碳數3~25的烷基、或碳數3~25的烷氧基。而且,G33為碳數1~20的伸烷基。 In the formulae (DI-31-18) to (DI-31-43), R 38 is an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, preferably 3 to 20 carbon atoms. Alkyl or alkoxy having 3 to 20 carbon atoms. R 39 is hydrogen, -F, an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, -CN, -OCH 2 F, -OCHF 2 or -OCF 3 , preferably 3 to 3 carbon atoms. An alkyl group of 25 or an alkoxy group of 3 to 25 carbon atoms. G 33 is an alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.

Figure TWI676654B_D0140
Figure TWI676654B_D0140

Figure TWI676654B_D0141
Figure TWI676654B_D0141

將式(DI-32)所表示的化合物的例子示於以下。 Examples of the compound represented by the formula (DI-32) are shown below.

Figure TWI676654B_D0142
Figure TWI676654B_D0142

將式(DI-33)所表示的化合物的例子示於以下。 Examples of the compound represented by the formula (DI-33) are shown below.

Figure TWI676654B_D0143
Figure TWI676654B_D0143

將式(DI-34)所表示的化合物的例子示於以下。 Examples of the compound represented by the formula (DI-34) are shown below.

Figure TWI676654B_D0144
Figure TWI676654B_D0144

Figure TWI676654B_D0145
Figure TWI676654B_D0145

式(DI-34-1)~式(DI-34-12)中,R40為氫或碳數1~20的烷基,較佳為氫或碳數1~10的烷基,而且R41為氫或碳數1~12的烷基。 In formulae (DI-34-1) to (DI-34-12), R 40 is hydrogen or an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, preferably hydrogen or an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and R 41 is It is hydrogen or an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms.

將式(DI-35)所表示的化合物的例子示於以下。 Examples of the compound represented by the formula (DI-35) are shown below.

Figure TWI676654B_D0146
Figure TWI676654B_D0146

Figure TWI676654B_D0147
Figure TWI676654B_D0147

Figure TWI676654B_D0148
Figure TWI676654B_D0148

式(DI-35-1)~式(DI-35-3)中,R37為碳數6~30的烷基,R41為氫或碳數1~12的烷基。 In the formulae (DI-35-1) to (DI-35-3), R 37 is an alkyl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, and R 41 is hydrogen or an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms.

本發明中的二胺亦可使用式(DI-1-1)~式(DI-16-1)、式(DIH-1-1)~式(DIH-3-6)及式(DI-31-1)~式(DI-35-3)所表示的二胺以外的二胺。所述二胺例如可列舉下述式(DI-36-1)~式(DI-36-13)所表示的化合物。 The diamine in the present invention can also use formula (DI-1-1) to formula (DI-16-1), formula (DIH-1-1) to formula (DIH-3-6), and formula (DI-31 -1) to diamines other than the diamines represented by formula (DI-35-3). Examples of the diamine include compounds represented by the following formulae (DI-36-1) to (DI-36-13).

Figure TWI676654B_D0149
Figure TWI676654B_D0149

式(DI-36-1)~式(DI-36-8)中,R42分別獨立地表示碳數3~30的烷基。 In the formulae (DI-36-1) to (DI-36-8), R 42 each independently represents an alkyl group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms.

Figure TWI676654B_D0150
Figure TWI676654B_D0150

式(DI-36-9)~式(DI-36-11)中,e為2~10的整數,式(DI-36-12)中,R43分別獨立地為氫、-NHBoc或者-N(Boc)2,R43的至少一者為-NHBoc或者-N(Boc)2,式(DI-36-13)中,R44為-NHBoc或者-N(Boc)2,而且,m為1~12的整數。此處,Boc為第三丁氧基羰基。 In formulas (DI-36-9) to (DI-36-11), e is an integer from 2 to 10, and in formula (DI-36-12), R 43 is independently hydrogen, -NHBoc, or -N (Boc) 2 and at least one of R 43 is -NHBoc or -N (Boc) 2. In formula (DI-36-13), R 44 is -NHBoc or -N (Boc) 2 , and m is 1 Integer of ~ 12. Here, Boc is a third butoxycarbonyl group.

於重視提高液晶的配向性的情況下,所述二胺及二醯肼中,較佳為使用式(DI-1-3)、式(DI-5-1)、式(DI-5-5)、式(DI-5-9)、式(DI-5-12)、式(DI-5-13)、式(DI-5-29)、式(DI-6-7)、式(DI-7-3)及式(DI-11-2)所表示的二胺,其中於式(DI-5-1)中,較佳為m=2、4或6,特佳為m=4,式(DI-5-12)中,較佳為m=2~6,特佳為m=5,式(DI-5-13)中,較佳為m=1或2,特佳為m=1。 In the case where it is important to improve the alignment of the liquid crystal, among the diamine and dihydrazine, it is preferable to use the formula (DI-1-3), the formula (DI-5-1), and the formula (DI-5-5 ), Formula (DI-5-9), formula (DI-5-12), formula (DI-5-13), formula (DI-5-29), formula (DI-6-7), formula (DI -7-3) and the diamine represented by the formula (DI-11-2), wherein in the formula (DI-5-1), it is preferably m = 2, 4 or 6, particularly preferably m = 4, In formula (DI-5-12), m = 2 ~ 6 is preferred, and m = 5 is particularly preferred. In formula (DI-5-13), m = 1 or 2 is preferred, and m = 1.

於重視提高透過率的情況下,所述二胺及二醯肼中,較佳為使用式(DI-1-3)、式(DI-2-1)、式(DI-5-1)、式(DI-5-5)、式(DI-5-24)及式(DI-7-3)所表示的二胺,特佳為(DI-2-1)所表示的二胺。於式(DI-5-1)中,較佳為m=2、4或6,特佳為m=4,於式(DI-7-3)中,較佳為m=2或3、n=1或2,特佳為m=1。 In the case of increasing the transmittance, it is preferable to use the formula (DI-1-3), the formula (DI-2-1), the formula (DI-5-1), the diamine and the dihydrazine. The diamine represented by formula (DI-5-5), formula (DI-5-24), and formula (DI-7-3) is particularly preferably a diamine represented by (DI-2-1). In the formula (DI-5-1), m = 2, 4 or 6 is preferred, and m = 4 is particularly preferred. In the formula (DI-7-3), m = 2 or 3, n is preferred = 1 or 2, especially preferred is m = 1.

於重視提高液晶顯示元件的VHR的情況下,所述二胺及二醯肼中,較佳為使用式(DI-2-1)、式(DI-4-1)、式(DI-4-2)、式(DI-4-10)、式(DI-4-15)、式(DI-5-28)、式(DI-5-30)及式(DI-13-1)所表示的二胺,特佳為式(DI-2-1)、式(DI-5-1)及式(DI-13-1)所表示的二胺。其中於式(DI-5-1)中,特佳為m=1,於式(DI-5-30)中,特佳為k=2。 In the case where it is important to increase the VHR of a liquid crystal display element, among the diamine and dihydrazine, it is preferable to use the formula (DI-2-1), the formula (DI-4-1), and the formula (DI-4- 2), Formula (DI-4-10), Formula (DI-4-15), Formula (DI-5-28), Formula (DI-5-30) and Formula (DI-13-1) The diamine is particularly preferably a diamine represented by the formula (DI-2-1), the formula (DI-5-1), and the formula (DI-13-1). Among them, in the formula (DI-5-1), particularly preferred is m = 1, and in the formula (DI-5-30), particularly preferred is k = 2.

藉由降低液晶配向膜的體積電阻值來提高配向膜中的殘留電荷(殘留DC)的緩和速度,可有效地作為防止留痕的方法之一。於重視該目的的情況下,所述二胺及二醯肼中,較佳為使用式(DI-4-1)、式(DI-4-2)、式(DI-4-10)、式(DI-4-15)、式(DI-5-1)、式(DI-5-12)、式(DI-5-13)、式(DI-5-28)及式(DI-16-1)所表示的二胺,特佳為式(DI-4-1)、式(DI-5-1)及式(DI-5-13)所表示的二胺。其中於式(DI-5-1)中,較佳為m=2、4或6,特佳為m=4,於式(DI-5-12)中,較佳為m=2~6,特佳為m=5,於式(DI-5-13)中,較佳為m=1或2,特佳為m=1。 Reducing the volume resistance value of the liquid crystal alignment film to increase the mitigation speed of the residual charge (residual DC) in the alignment film can be effectively used as one of the methods for preventing a mark. In consideration of this purpose, it is preferable to use the formula (DI-4-1), formula (DI-4-2), formula (DI-4-10), and formula among the diamine and dihydrazine. (DI-4-15), formula (DI-5-1), formula (DI-5-12), formula (DI-5-13), formula (DI-5-28), and formula (DI-16- The diamines represented by 1) are particularly preferably diamines represented by formula (DI-4-1), formula (DI-5-1), and formula (DI-5-13). Among them, in formula (DI-5-1), m = 2, 4 or 6 is preferred, and m = 4 is particularly preferred. In formula (DI-5-12), m = 2 ~ 6 is preferred, Particularly preferred is m = 5. In formula (DI-5-13), m = 1 or 2 is preferred, and m = 1 is particularly preferred.

各二胺中,單胺相對於二胺的比率為40莫耳%以下的範圍,二胺的一部分可取代為單胺。所述的取代可引起生成聚醯胺酸時的聚合反應的終止,可抑制其以上的聚合反應的進行。因此,藉由所述的取代,可容易地控制所獲得的聚合體(聚醯胺酸或其衍生物)的分子量,例如可於不損及本發明的效果的情況下改善液晶配向劑的塗佈特性。取代為單胺的二胺只要不損及本發明的效果,則可為一種,亦可為兩種以上。所述單胺例如可列舉:苯胺、4-羥基苯胺、環己基胺、正丁基胺、正戊基胺、正己基胺、正庚基胺、正辛基胺、正壬基胺、正癸基胺、正十一烷基胺、正十二烷基胺、正十三烷基胺、正十四烷基胺、正十五烷基胺、正十六烷基胺、正十七烷基胺、正十八烷基胺、以及正二十烷基胺。 In each diamine, the ratio of the monoamine to the diamine is in the range of 40 mol% or less, and a part of the diamine may be substituted with the monoamine. Such substitutions may cause termination of the polymerization reaction when polyamic acid is generated, and may inhibit the progress of the polymerization reaction above. Therefore, the molecular weight of the obtained polymer (polyamino acid or a derivative thereof) can be easily controlled by the substitution, and for example, the application of the liquid crystal alignment agent can be improved without impairing the effects of the present invention. Cloth properties. As long as the diamine substituted with a monoamine does not impair the effect of the present invention, it may be one kind or two or more kinds. Examples of the monoamine include aniline, 4-hydroxyaniline, cyclohexylamine, n-butylamine, n-pentylamine, n-hexylamine, n-heptylamine, n-octylamine, n-nonylamine, and n-decyl Amine, n-undecylamine, n-dodecylamine, n-tridecylamine, n-tetradecylamine, n-pentadecylamine, n-hexadecylamine, n-heptadecylamine Amines, n-octadecylamine, and n- eicosylamine.

本發明的聚醯胺酸或其衍生物亦可於其單體中更包含單異氰酸酯化合物。藉由在單體中包含單異氰酸酯化合物,則所 獲得的聚醯胺酸或其衍生物的末端被修飾,分子量得到調節。藉由使用該末端修飾型的聚醯胺酸或其衍生物,例如可於不損及本發明的效果的情況下改善液晶配向劑的塗佈特性。就所述的觀點而言,相對於單體中的二胺及四羧酸二酐的總量,單體中的單異氰酸酯化合物的含量較佳為1莫耳%~10莫耳%。所述單異氰酸酯化合物例如可列舉異氰酸苯基酯、以及異氰酸萘基酯。 The polyamidic acid or its derivative of the present invention may further contain a monoisocyanate compound in its monomer. By including a monoisocyanate compound in the monomer, The ends of the obtained polyamic acid or its derivative are modified, and the molecular weight is adjusted. By using the terminally modified polyamic acid or a derivative thereof, for example, the coating characteristics of the liquid crystal alignment agent can be improved without impairing the effects of the present invention. From the viewpoint described, the content of the monoisocyanate compound in the monomer is preferably 1 mol% to 10 mol% relative to the total amount of the diamine and tetracarboxylic dianhydride in the monomer. Examples of the monoisocyanate compound include phenyl isocyanate and naphthyl isocyanate.

作為本發明的液晶配向劑中所含的聚合體的原料,更適合使用的二胺為選自下述式(D-1)~式(D-5)所表示的化合物的組群中的至少一者。 As the raw material of the polymer contained in the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention, the diamine that is more suitably used is at least one selected from the group of compounds represented by the following formulae (D-1) to (D-5). One.

Figure TWI676654B_D0151
Figure TWI676654B_D0151

式(D-2)及式(D-4)中,X及Y獨立地為單鍵、-O-、-NH-、-S-、或碳數1~6的伸烷基。式(D-4)中,a為1~8的整數。式(D-5)中,Ra為碳數1~3的烷基。另外,所述式中的苯環的至少一個氫可經-CH3所取代。 In formula (D-2) and formula (D-4), X and Y are independently a single bond, -O-, -NH-, -S-, or an alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. In Formula (D-4), a is an integer of 1-8. In the formula (D-5), Ra is an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms. In addition, at least one hydrogen of the benzene ring in the formula may be substituted by -CH 3 .

此外,式(D-1)中的未經取代的化合物相當於所述式(DI-4-1)的化合物,式(D-3)中的未經取代的化合物相當於所述式(DI-13-1)的化合物。另外,式(D-2)或式(D-5)所表示 的化合物包含於所述式(DI-5)的範疇內,而且,式(D-4)所表示的化合物包含於所述式(DI-7)的範疇內。 In addition, an unsubstituted compound in the formula (D-1) corresponds to the compound of the formula (DI-4-1), and an unsubstituted compound in the formula (D-3) corresponds to the formula (DI) -13-1). In addition, it is represented by Formula (D-2) or Formula (D-5) The compound represented by the formula (DI-5) is included in the category of the formula (DI-5), and the compound represented by the formula (D-4) is included in the category of the formula (DI-7).

所述的二胺中尤佳地使用的二胺的具體例為下述式(D-1)、式(D-2-1)~式(D-2-9)、式(D-3)、式(D-4-1)~式(D-4-72)以及式(D-5-1)~式(D-5-3)所表示的化合物。 Specific examples of the diamine particularly preferably used among the diamines are the following formulae (D-1), (D-2-1) to (D-2-9), and (D-3) Compounds represented by Formulas (D-4-1) to (D-4-72) and Formulas (D-5-1) to (D-5-3).

Figure TWI676654B_D0152
Figure TWI676654B_D0152

Figure TWI676654B_D0153
Figure TWI676654B_D0153

Figure TWI676654B_D0154
Figure TWI676654B_D0154

Figure TWI676654B_D0155
Figure TWI676654B_D0155

Figure TWI676654B_D0156
Figure TWI676654B_D0156

Figure TWI676654B_D0157
Figure TWI676654B_D0157

Figure TWI676654B_D0158
Figure TWI676654B_D0158

Figure TWI676654B_D0159
Figure TWI676654B_D0159

Figure TWI676654B_D0160
Figure TWI676654B_D0160

Figure TWI676654B_D0161
Figure TWI676654B_D0161

Figure TWI676654B_D0162
Figure TWI676654B_D0162

Figure TWI676654B_D0163
Figure TWI676654B_D0163

Figure TWI676654B_D0164
Figure TWI676654B_D0164

Figure TWI676654B_D0165
Figure TWI676654B_D0165

Figure TWI676654B_D0166
Figure TWI676654B_D0166

Figure TWI676654B_D0167
Figure TWI676654B_D0167

Figure TWI676654B_D0168
Figure TWI676654B_D0168

Figure TWI676654B_D0169
Figure TWI676654B_D0169

Figure TWI676654B_D0170
Figure TWI676654B_D0170

Figure TWI676654B_D0171
Figure TWI676654B_D0171

Figure TWI676654B_D0172
Figure TWI676654B_D0172

Figure TWI676654B_D0173
Figure TWI676654B_D0173

Figure TWI676654B_D0174
Figure TWI676654B_D0174

Figure TWI676654B_D0175
Figure TWI676654B_D0175

Figure TWI676654B_D0176
Figure TWI676654B_D0176

Figure TWI676654B_D0177
Figure TWI676654B_D0177

Figure TWI676654B_D0178
Figure TWI676654B_D0178

Figure TWI676654B_D0179
Figure TWI676654B_D0179

Figure TWI676654B_D0180
Figure TWI676654B_D0180

Figure TWI676654B_D0181
Figure TWI676654B_D0181

Figure TWI676654B_D0182
Figure TWI676654B_D0182

Figure TWI676654B_D0183
Figure TWI676654B_D0183

Figure TWI676654B_D0184
Figure TWI676654B_D0184

Figure TWI676654B_D0185
Figure TWI676654B_D0185

Figure TWI676654B_D0186
Figure TWI676654B_D0186

Figure TWI676654B_D0187
Figure TWI676654B_D0187

Figure TWI676654B_D0188
Figure TWI676654B_D0188

Figure TWI676654B_D0189
Figure TWI676654B_D0189

Figure TWI676654B_D0190
Figure TWI676654B_D0190

Figure TWI676654B_D0191
Figure TWI676654B_D0191

Figure TWI676654B_D0192
Figure TWI676654B_D0192

Figure TWI676654B_D0193
Figure TWI676654B_D0193

Figure TWI676654B_D0194
Figure TWI676654B_D0194

Figure TWI676654B_D0195
Figure TWI676654B_D0195

Figure TWI676654B_D0196
Figure TWI676654B_D0196

Figure TWI676654B_D0197
Figure TWI676654B_D0197

Figure TWI676654B_D0198
Figure TWI676654B_D0198

Figure TWI676654B_D0199
Figure TWI676654B_D0199

Figure TWI676654B_D0200
Figure TWI676654B_D0200

Figure TWI676654B_D0201
Figure TWI676654B_D0201

Figure TWI676654B_D0202
Figure TWI676654B_D0202

Figure TWI676654B_D0203
Figure TWI676654B_D0203

Figure TWI676654B_D0204
Figure TWI676654B_D0204

Figure TWI676654B_D0205
Figure TWI676654B_D0205

Figure TWI676654B_D0206
Figure TWI676654B_D0206

Figure TWI676654B_D0207
Figure TWI676654B_D0207

Figure TWI676654B_D0208
Figure TWI676654B_D0208

Figure TWI676654B_D0209
Figure TWI676654B_D0209

Figure TWI676654B_D0210
Figure TWI676654B_D0210

Figure TWI676654B_D0211
Figure TWI676654B_D0211

Figure TWI676654B_D0212
Figure TWI676654B_D0212

Figure TWI676654B_D0213
Figure TWI676654B_D0213

Figure TWI676654B_D0214
Figure TWI676654B_D0214

Figure TWI676654B_D0215
Figure TWI676654B_D0215

Figure TWI676654B_D0216
Figure TWI676654B_D0216

Figure TWI676654B_D0217
Figure TWI676654B_D0217

Figure TWI676654B_D0218
Figure TWI676654B_D0218

Figure TWI676654B_D0219
Figure TWI676654B_D0219

Figure TWI676654B_D0220
Figure TWI676654B_D0220

Figure TWI676654B_D0221
Figure TWI676654B_D0221

Figure TWI676654B_D0222
Figure TWI676654B_D0222

Figure TWI676654B_D0223
Figure TWI676654B_D0223

Figure TWI676654B_D0224
Figure TWI676654B_D0224

Figure TWI676654B_D0225
Figure TWI676654B_D0225

Figure TWI676654B_D0226
Figure TWI676654B_D0226

為了使本發明的液晶配向劑中所含的聚合體具有光反應性結構,較佳為將具有光反應性結構的二胺或者具有光反應性結構的四羧酸二酐用於原料。具有光反應性結構的二胺與具有光反應性結構的四羧酸二酐亦可併用。該些具有光反應性結構的單體的較佳例為以下的式(I-1)~式(I-4)所表示的化合物。 In order to make the polymer contained in the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention have a photoreactive structure, it is preferable to use a diamine having a photoreactive structure or a tetracarboxylic dianhydride having a photoreactive structure as a raw material. A diamine having a photoreactive structure and a tetracarboxylic dianhydride having a photoreactive structure may be used in combination. Preferable examples of these monomers having a photoreactive structure are compounds represented by the following formulae (I-1) to (I-4).

Figure TWI676654B_D0227
Figure TWI676654B_D0227

Figure TWI676654B_D0228
Figure TWI676654B_D0228

Figure TWI676654B_D0229
Figure TWI676654B_D0229

Figure TWI676654B_D0230
Figure TWI676654B_D0230

其中,就於形成配向膜時表現出更大的各向異性,更佳為式(I-3)所表示的化合物。 Among them, a compound represented by formula (I-3) is more preferable because it exhibits greater anisotropy when forming an alignment film.

Figure TWI676654B_D0231
Figure TWI676654B_D0231

本發明的液晶配向劑中所含的聚合體是藉由使所述的四羧酸二酐與二胺於溶劑中進行反應而獲得。於該合成反應中,除了原料的選擇以外,不需要特別的條件,可直接應用通常的聚醯胺酸合成中的條件。 The polymer contained in the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention is obtained by reacting the tetracarboxylic dianhydride and diamine in a solvent. In this synthesis reaction, in addition to the selection of raw materials, no special conditions are required, and the conditions in ordinary polyamic acid synthesis can be directly applied.

本發明的液晶配向劑中所含的所述聚合體可為一種,亦可將兩種以上摻合而使用。於將兩種以上的聚合體摻合的形態中包括如下情況:聚合體的至少一者為使四羧酸二酐及二胺的至少一者具有光反應性結構的原料單體進行反應而獲得的聚合體(a),除此以外的聚合體的至少一者為選自使不具有光反應性結構的四羧酸二酐以及不具有光反應性結構的二胺進行反應而獲得的聚醯胺酸及其衍生物中的至少一種的聚合體(b)。聚合體(a)具有如下的(光配向)性能:藉由紫外線等能量線的照射,光反應性結構異構化、分解或者二聚化,藉此,其結構變化,隨之,使與該高分子膜接觸的液晶分子在特定的方向上配向。所述的聚合體有時與不含光反應性結構的其他聚合體摻合而使用。 The polymer contained in the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention may be one kind, or two or more kinds may be used in combination. The form in which two or more polymers are blended includes a case where at least one of the polymers is obtained by reacting a raw material monomer having a photoreactive structure in at least one of tetracarboxylic dianhydride and diamine. Polymer (a), at least one of the other polymers is selected from polyfluorene obtained by reacting a tetracarboxylic dianhydride having no photoreactive structure and a diamine having no photoreactive structure. Polymer (b) of at least one of amino acids and derivatives thereof. The polymer (a) has the following (photo-alignment) properties: by irradiation of energy rays such as ultraviolet rays, the photoreactive structure isomerizes, decomposes, or dimerizes, whereby the structure changes, and accordingly, the The liquid crystal molecules in contact with the polymer film are aligned in a specific direction. The polymer may be used in admixture with other polymers containing no photoreactive structure.

本發明的液晶配向劑亦可更含有聚醯胺酸或其衍生物以外的其他成分。其他成分可為一種,亦可為兩種以上。作為其他成分,例如可列舉後述的其他聚合物或化合物等。 The liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention may further contain components other than polyamic acid or a derivative thereof. The other components may be one type or two or more types. Examples of the other components include other polymers and compounds described later.

於本發明的液晶配向劑中將多種聚合體摻合使用的情況下,藉由控制各個聚合體的結構或分子量,以後述方式塗佈於基板上,進行預乾燥,則例如可將所述具有光配向功能的聚合體 (a)分離為塗佈膜的上層,且將其以外的聚合體(b)分離為塗佈膜的下層。其可藉由使用如下現象來控制:於混在的聚合體中,表面能量小的聚合體分離為上層,表面能量大的聚合體分離為下層。層分離的確認可藉由以下來確認:所形成的配向膜的表面能量是與由僅含有所述聚合體(a)的液晶配向劑所形成的配向膜的表面能量相同或者相近的值。 In the case where a plurality of polymers are blended and used in the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention, by controlling the structure or molecular weight of each polymer, coating it on a substrate in a manner described below and pre-drying it, for example, Photo-alignment polymer (a) The upper layer of the coating film is separated, and the other polymers (b) are separated into the lower layer of the coating film. It can be controlled by using the following phenomenon: in the mixed polymer, the polymer having a small surface energy is separated into an upper layer, and the polymer having a large surface energy is separated into a lower layer. The confirmation of the layer separation can be confirmed by the following: The surface energy of the formed alignment film is the same as or similar to the surface energy of the alignment film formed of the liquid crystal alignment agent containing only the polymer (a).

為了合成所述聚合體(b)而使用的四羧酸二酐可無限制地選自作為如下的四羧酸二酐而公知的四羧酸二酐中,所述四羧酸二酐用於合成作為本發明的液晶配向劑的必需成分的聚醯胺酸或其衍生物,可列舉與所述例示的四羧酸二酐相同者。 The tetracarboxylic dianhydride used for synthesizing the polymer (b) may be selected without limitation from the tetracarboxylic dianhydrides known as the tetracarboxylic dianhydrides used for Examples of the polyphosphonic acid or its derivative that is an essential component for synthesizing the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention include the same ones as the exemplified tetracarboxylic dianhydrides.

其中,所述酸二酐中,於重視提高層分離性的情況下,較佳為式(AN-3-2)、式(AN-1-13)及式(AN-4-30)。 Among these, the acid dianhydride is preferably the formula (AN-3-2), the formula (AN-1-13), and the formula (AN-4-30) in the case where the improvement of the layer separation property is important.

於重視提高液晶顯示元件的透過率的情況下,所述酸二酐中,較佳為式(AN-1-1)、式(AN-1-2)、式(AN-2-1)、式(AN-3-1)、式(AN-4-17)、式(AN-4-30)、式(AN-5-1)、式(AN-7-2)、式(AN-10-1)、式(AN-10-2)、式(AN-16-3)及式(AN-16-4)所表示的化合物,其中於式(AN-1-2)中,較佳為m=4或8,於式(AN-4-17)中,較佳為m=4或8,特佳為m=8。 In the case of increasing the transmittance of a liquid crystal display element, among the acid dianhydrides, the formula (AN-1-1), the formula (AN-1-2), the formula (AN-2-1), Formula (AN-3-1), Formula (AN-4-17), Formula (AN-4-30), Formula (AN-5-1), Formula (AN-7-2), Formula (AN-10 -1), a compound represented by the formula (AN-10-2), a formula (AN-16-3), and a formula (AN-16-4), of which the formula (AN-1-2) is preferably m = 4 or 8, in the formula (AN-4-17), m = 4 or 8 is preferred, and m = 8 is particularly preferred.

於重視提高液晶顯示元件的VHR的情況下,所述酸二酐中,較佳為式(AN-2-1)、式(AN-7-2)、式(AN-10-1)、式(AN-10-2)、式(AN-16-3)及式(AN-16-4)所表示的化合物,其中於式(AN-1-2)中,較佳為m=4或8。 In the case where it is important to increase the VHR of a liquid crystal display element, among the acid dianhydrides, formula (AN-2-1), formula (AN-7-2), formula (AN-10-1), and formula The compound represented by (AN-10-2), formula (AN-16-3) and formula (AN-16-4), wherein in formula (AN-1-2), m = 4 or 8 is preferred .

藉由降低液晶配向膜的體積電阻值來提高配向膜中的殘留電荷(殘留DC)的緩和速度,可有效地作為防止留痕的方法之一。於重視該目的的情況下,所述酸二酐中,較佳為式(AN-1-13)、式(AN-3-2)、式(AN-4-21)、式(AN-4-29)及式(AN-11-3)所表示的化合物。 Reducing the volume resistance value of the liquid crystal alignment film to increase the mitigation speed of the residual charge (residual DC) in the alignment film can be effectively used as one of the methods for preventing a mark. In consideration of this purpose, among the acid dianhydrides, formula (AN-1-13), formula (AN-3-2), formula (AN-4-21), and formula (AN-4) are preferred. -29) and a compound represented by the formula (AN-11-3).

為了合成聚合體(b)而使用的四羧酸二酐較佳為相對於全部四羧酸二酐而包含10莫耳%以上的芳香族四羧酸二酐,更佳為包含30莫耳%以上。 The tetracarboxylic dianhydride used for synthesizing the polymer (b) preferably contains 10 mol% or more of the aromatic tetracarboxylic dianhydride with respect to the total tetracarboxylic dianhydride, and more preferably 30 mol%. the above.

為了合成聚合體(b)而使用的二胺及醯肼可列舉與所述作為如下的其他二胺而例示者相同者,所述其他二胺可用於合成作為本發明的液晶配向劑的必需成分的聚醯胺酸或其衍生物。 Examples of the diamine and hydrazine used for synthesizing the polymer (b) are the same as those exemplified as the other diamines described below. The other diamines can be used to synthesize the essential components of the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention. Polyamidic acid or its derivative.

其中,於重視進一步提高層分離性、即液晶的配向性的情況下,所述二胺及二醯肼中,較佳為使用式(DI-4-1)、式(DI-4-2)、式(DI-4-10)、式(DI-5-1)、式(DI-5-9)、式(DI-5-28)及式(DIH-2-1)所表示的二胺及醯肼,其中於式(DI-5-1)中,較佳為m=1、2或4,特佳為m=1或2。 Among them, in a case where it is important to further improve the layer separation property, that is, the alignment property of the liquid crystal, among the diamine and dihydrazine, it is preferable to use the formula (DI-4-1) and the formula (DI-4-2). , Diamine represented by formula (DI-4-10), formula (DI-5-1), formula (DI-5-9), formula (DI-5-28), and formula (DIH-2-1) And hydrazine, in the formula (DI-5-1), m = 1, 2 or 4 is preferred, and m = 1 or 2 is particularly preferred.

於重視提高透過率的情況下,所述二胺及二醯肼中,較佳為使用式(DI-1-2)、式(DI-2-1)、式(DI-5-1)及式(DI-7-3)所表示的二胺,特佳為式(DI-2-1)所表示的二胺。於式(DI-5-1)中,較佳為m=1、2或4,特佳為m=1或2,於式(DI-7-3)中,較佳為m=2或3、n=1或2,特佳為m=1。 In the case of increasing the transmittance, it is preferable to use the formula (DI-1-2), the formula (DI-2-1), the formula (DI-5-1), and the diamine and the dihydrazine. The diamine represented by formula (DI-7-3) is particularly preferably a diamine represented by formula (DI-2-1). In formula (DI-5-1), it is preferably m = 1, 2 or 4, particularly preferably m = 1 or 2, and in formula (DI-7-3), it is preferably m = 2 or 3 , N = 1 or 2, especially preferred is m = 1.

於重視提高液晶顯示元件的VHR的情況下,所述二胺 及二醯肼中,較佳為使用式(DI-2-1)、式(DI-4-1)、式(DI-4-2)、式(DI-4-15)、式(DI-5-1)、式(DI-5-28)、式(DI-5-30)及式(DI-13-1)所表示的二胺,特佳為式(DI-2-1)、式(DI-5-1)及式(DI-13-1)所表示的二胺。其中於式(DI-5-1)中,特佳為m=1或2,於式(DI-5-30)中,特佳為k=2。 In the case where it is important to increase the VHR of a liquid crystal display element, the diamine Among dihydrazine, the formula (DI-2-1), the formula (DI-4-1), the formula (DI-4-2), the formula (DI-4-15), and the formula (DI- 5-1), formula (DI-5-28), formula (DI-5-30) and diamine represented by formula (DI-13-1), particularly preferred are formula (DI-2-1) and formula (DI-5-1) and a diamine represented by formula (DI-13-1). Among them, in formula (DI-5-1), particularly preferred is m = 1 or 2, and in formula (DI-5-30), particularly preferred is k = 2.

藉由降低液晶配向膜的體積電阻值來提高配向膜中的殘留電荷(殘留DC)的緩和速度,可有效地作為防止留痕的方法之一。於重視該目的的情況下,所述的二胺及二醯肼中,較佳為使用式(DI-4-1)、式(DI-4-2)、式(DI-4-10)、式(DI-4-15)、式(DI-5-1)、式(DI-5-9)、式(DI-5-12)、式(DI-5-13)、式(DI-5-28)、式(DI-5-30)及式(DI-16-1)所表示的二胺,特佳為式(DI-4-1)、式(DI-5-1)及式(DI-5-12)所表示的二胺。其中於式(DI-5-1)中,較佳為m=1或2,於式(DI-5-12)中,較佳為m=2~6,特佳為m=5,於式(DI-5-13)中,較佳為m=1或2,特佳為m=1,於式(DI-5-30)中,較佳為k=2。 Reducing the volume resistance value of the liquid crystal alignment film to increase the mitigation speed of the residual charge (residual DC) in the alignment film can be effectively used as one of the methods for preventing a mark. In consideration of this purpose, among the diamine and dihydrazine, it is preferable to use formula (DI-4-1), formula (DI-4-2), formula (DI-4-10), Formula (DI-4-15), Formula (DI-5-1), Formula (DI-5-9), Formula (DI-5-12), Formula (DI-5-13), Formula (DI-5 -28), diamines represented by formula (DI-5-30) and formula (DI-16-1), particularly preferred are formula (DI-4-1), formula (DI-5-1) and formula ( DI-5-12). Among them, in formula (DI-5-1), m = 1 or 2 is preferred, in formula (DI-5-12), m = 2 ~ 6 is preferred, and m = 5 is particularly preferred. (DI-5-13) is preferably m = 1 or 2, particularly preferably m = 1, and in formula (DI-5-30), k = 2 is more preferred.

為了合成聚合體(b)而使用的二胺較佳為相對於全部二胺而包含30莫耳%以上的芳香族二胺,更佳為包含50莫耳%以上。 The diamine used for synthesizing the polymer (b) is preferably an aromatic diamine containing 30 mol% or more of the total diamine, and more preferably 50 mol% or more.

本發明的液晶配向劑中,相對於所述聚合體(a)及聚合體(b)的合計量,聚合體(a)的比例較佳為10重量%~100重量%,尤佳為20重量%~100重量%。 In the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention, the ratio of the polymer (a) to the total amount of the polymer (a) and the polymer (b) is preferably 10% by weight to 100% by weight, and particularly preferably 20% by weight. % ~ 100% by weight.

作為所述聚矽氧烷,可更含有日本專利特開 2009-036966、日本專利特開2010-185001、日本專利特開2011-102963、日本專利特開2011-253175、日本專利特開2012-159825、國際公開2008/044644、國際公開2009/148099、國際公開2010/074261、國際公開2010/074264、國際公開2010/126108、國際公開2011/068123、國際公開2011/068127、國際公開2011/068128、國際公開2012/115157、國際公開2012/165354等中揭示的聚矽氧烷。 The polysiloxane may further contain Japanese Patent Laid-Open 2009-036966, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2010-185001, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2011-102963, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2011-253175, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2012-159825, International Publication 2008/044644, International Publication 2009/148099, International Publication 2010/074261, International Publication 2010/074264, International Publication 2010/126108, International Publication 2011/068123, International Publication 2011/068127, International Publication 2011/068128, International Publication 2012/115157, International Publication 2012/165354, etc. Siloxane.

另外,本發明的液晶配向劑亦可更含有各種添加劑。各種添加劑例如可列舉:噁嗪化合物、噁唑啉化合物、環氧化合物、聚醯胺酸及其衍生物以外的高分子化合物、以及其他的低分子化合物,可根據各自的目的來選擇使用。 The liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention may further contain various additives. Examples of the various additives include oxazine compounds, oxazoline compounds, epoxy compounds, polymer compounds other than polyamic acid and its derivatives, and other low-molecular compounds, and they can be selected and used according to their respective purposes.

<噁嗪化合物> <Oxazine compound>

出於使液晶顯示元件的電氣特性長期穩定的目的,本發明的液晶配向劑亦可更含有噁嗪化合物。噁嗪化合物可為一種化合物,亦可為兩種以上的化合物。出於所述目的,相對於聚醯胺酸或其衍生物,噁嗪化合物的含量較佳為0.1重量%~50重量%,更佳為1重量%~40重量%,尤佳為1重量%~20重量%。以下對噁嗪化合物進行具體說明。 For the purpose of stabilizing the electrical characteristics of the liquid crystal display element for a long period of time, the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention may further contain an oxazine compound. The oxazine compound may be one kind, or two or more kinds. For the purpose, the content of the oxazine compound is preferably 0.1% to 50% by weight, more preferably 1% to 40% by weight, and even more preferably 1% by weight, relative to polyamidic acid or a derivative thereof. ~ 20% by weight. The oxazine compound will be specifically described below.

噁嗪化合物可溶於使聚醯胺酸或其衍生物溶解的溶媒中,除此以外,較佳為具有開環聚合性的噁嗪化合物。另外,噁嗪化合物中的噁嗪結構的數量並無特別限定。 The oxazine compound is preferably an oxazine compound having a ring-opening polymerizability in addition to being soluble in a solvent that dissolves polyamic acid or a derivative thereof. The number of oxazine structures in the oxazine compound is not particularly limited.

噁嗪化合物中已知多種結構。本發明中,噁嗪的結構並 無特別限定,噁嗪化合物中的噁嗪結構中可列舉:苯并噁嗪或萘并噁嗪等具有包含縮合多環芳香族基的芳香族基的噁嗪的結構。 Various structures are known in oxazine compounds. In the present invention, the structure of oxazine is not The oxazine structure in the oxazine compound is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a oxazine structure having an aromatic group containing a condensed polycyclic aromatic group such as benzoxazine or naphthoxazine.

噁嗪化合物例如可列舉下述式(OX-1)~式(OX-6)所示的化合物。此外,下述式中,朝向環的中心來表示的鍵表示構成環且鍵結於可進行取代基的鍵結的任一碳上。 Examples of the oxazine compound include compounds represented by the following formulae (OX-1) to (OX-6). In addition, in the following formula, a bond represented toward the center of the ring indicates that the ring constitutes a ring and is bonded to any carbon capable of bonding with a substituent.

Figure TWI676654B_D0232
Figure TWI676654B_D0232

式(OX-1)~式(OX-3)中,L3及L4為碳數1~30的有機基,式(OX-1)~式(OX-6)中,L5~L8為氫或碳數1~6的烴基,式(OX-3)、式(OX-4)及式(OX-6)中,Q1為單鍵、-O-、-S-、-S-S-、-SO2-、-CO-、-CONH-、-NHCO-、-C(CH3)2-、-C(CF3)2-、 -(CH2)v-、-O-(CH2)v-O-、-S-(CH2)v-S-,此處,v為1~6的整數,式(OX-5)及式(OX-6)中,Q2獨立地為單鍵、-O-、-S-、-CO-、-C(CH3)2-、-C(CF3)2-或碳數1~3的伸烷基,Q2中的鍵結於苯環、萘環上的氫亦可獨立地取代為-F、-CH3、-OH、-COOH、-SO3H、-PO3H2In formulas (OX-1) to (OX-3), L 3 and L 4 are organic groups having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, and in formulas (OX-1) to (OX-6), L 5 to L 8 Is hydrogen or a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. In formula (OX-3), formula (OX-4), and formula (OX-6), Q 1 is a single bond, -O-, -S-, -SS- , -SO 2- , -CO-, -CONH-, -NHCO-, -C (CH 3 ) 2- , -C (CF 3 ) 2 -,-(CH 2 ) v- , -O- (CH 2 ) v -O-, -S- (CH 2 ) v -S-, where v is an integer from 1 to 6, in formulas (OX-5) and (OX-6), Q 2 is independently a single Bond, -O-, -S-, -CO-, -C (CH 3 ) 2- , -C (CF 3 ) 2 -or alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and the bond in Q 2 is bonded to benzene The hydrogen on the ring or naphthalene ring may be independently substituted with -F, -CH 3 , -OH, -COOH, -SO 3 H, -PO 3 H 2 .

另外,噁嗪化合物中包含側鏈上具有噁嗪結構的寡聚物或聚合物、主鏈中具有噁嗪結構的寡聚物或聚合物。 The oxazine compound includes an oligomer or polymer having an oxazine structure in a side chain and an oligomer or polymer having an oxazine structure in a main chain.

式(OX-1)所表示的噁嗪化合物例如可列舉以下的噁嗪化合物。 Examples of the oxazine compound represented by the formula (OX-1) include the following oxazine compounds.

Figure TWI676654B_D0233
Figure TWI676654B_D0233

式(OX-1-2)中,L3較佳為碳數1~30的烷基,尤佳為碳數1~20的烷基。 In the formula (OX-1-2), L 3 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.

式(OX-2)所表示的噁嗪化合物例如可列舉以下的噁嗪化合物。 Examples of the oxazine compound represented by the formula (OX-2) include the following oxazine compounds.

Figure TWI676654B_D0234
Figure TWI676654B_D0234

式中,L3較佳為碳數1~30的烷基,尤佳為碳數1~20的烷基。 In the formula, L 3 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.

式(OX-3)所表示的噁嗪化合物可列舉下述式(OX-3-I)所表示的噁嗪化合物。 Examples of the oxazine compound represented by the formula (OX-3) include an oxazine compound represented by the following formula (OX-3-I).

Figure TWI676654B_D0235
Figure TWI676654B_D0235

式(OX-3-I)中,L3及L4為碳數1~30的有機基,L5至L8為氫或碳數1~6的烴基,Q1為單鍵、-CH2-、-C(CH3)2-、-CO-、-O-、-SO2-、-C(CH3)2-或-C(CF3)2-。式(OX-3-I)所表示的噁嗪化合物例如可列舉以下的噁嗪化合物。 In formula (OX-3-I), L 3 and L 4 are organic groups having 1 to 30 carbons, L 5 to L 8 are hydrogen or hydrocarbon groups having 1 to 6 carbons, Q 1 is a single bond, and -CH 2 -, -C (CH 3 ) 2- , -CO-, -O-, -SO 2- , -C (CH 3 ) 2 -or -C (CF 3 ) 2- . Examples of the oxazine compound represented by the formula (OX-3-I) include the following oxazine compounds.

Figure TWI676654B_D0236
Figure TWI676654B_D0236

Figure TWI676654B_D0237
Figure TWI676654B_D0237

式中,L3及L4較佳為碳數1~30的烷基,尤佳為碳數1~20的烷基。 In the formula, L 3 and L 4 are preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.

式(OX-4)所表示的噁嗪化合物例如可列舉以下的噁嗪化合物。 Examples of the oxazine compound represented by the formula (OX-4) include the following.

Figure TWI676654B_D0238
Figure TWI676654B_D0238

式(OX-5)所表示的噁嗪化合物例如可列舉以下的噁嗪化合物。 Examples of the oxazine compound represented by the formula (OX-5) include the following.

Figure TWI676654B_D0239
Figure TWI676654B_D0239

Figure TWI676654B_D0240
Figure TWI676654B_D0240

Figure TWI676654B_D0241
Figure TWI676654B_D0241

Figure TWI676654B_D0242
Figure TWI676654B_D0242

Figure TWI676654B_D0243
Figure TWI676654B_D0243

式(OX-6)所表示的噁嗪化合物例如可列舉以下的噁嗪化合物。 Examples of the oxazine compound represented by the formula (OX-6) include the following.

Figure TWI676654B_D0244
Figure TWI676654B_D0244

Figure TWI676654B_D0245
Figure TWI676654B_D0245

Figure TWI676654B_D0246
Figure TWI676654B_D0246

Figure TWI676654B_D0247
Figure TWI676654B_D0247

Figure TWI676654B_D0248
Figure TWI676654B_D0248

Figure TWI676654B_D0249
Figure TWI676654B_D0249

Figure TWI676654B_D0250
Figure TWI676654B_D0250

Figure TWI676654B_D0251
Figure TWI676654B_D0251

Figure TWI676654B_D0252
Figure TWI676654B_D0252

Figure TWI676654B_D0253
Figure TWI676654B_D0253

Figure TWI676654B_D0254
Figure TWI676654B_D0254

該些化合物中,更佳為可列舉:式(OX-2-1)、式(OX-3-1)、式(OX-3-3)、式(OX-3-5)、式(OX-3-7)、式(OX-3-9)、式(OX-4-1)~式(OX-4-6)、式(OX-5-3)、式(OX-5-4)及式(OX-6-2)~式(OX-6-4)所表示的噁嗪化合物。 Among these compounds, more preferred are: formula (OX-2-1), formula (OX-3-1), formula (OX-3-3), formula (OX-3-5), formula (OX -3-7), formula (OX-3-9), formula (OX-4-1) to formula (OX-4-6), formula (OX-5-3), formula (OX-5-4) And oxazine compounds represented by formulas (OX-6-2) to (OX-6-4).

噁嗪化合物可利用與國際公開2004/009708、日本專利 特開平11-12258、日本專利特開2004-352670中記載的方法相同的方法來製造。 Oxazine compounds are available with International Publication 2004/009708, Japanese Patent JP 11-12258 and JP 2004-352670 are manufactured by the same method.

式(OX-1)所表示的噁嗪化合物是藉由使酚化合物、一級胺與醛進行反應而獲得(參照國際公開2004/009708)。 The oxazine compound represented by the formula (OX-1) is obtained by reacting a phenol compound, a primary amine, and an aldehyde (see International Publication 2004/009708).

式(OX-2)所表示的噁嗪化合物是藉由利用將一級胺緩緩地添加於甲醛中的方法進行反應後,添加具有萘酚系羥基的化合物來進行反應而獲得(參照國際公開2004/009708)。 The oxazine compound represented by the formula (OX-2) is obtained by a reaction in which a primary amine is slowly added to formaldehyde, and then a compound having a naphthol-based hydroxyl group is reacted (see International Publication 2004). / 009708).

式(OX-3)所表示的噁嗪化合物是藉由在有機溶媒中,使1莫耳的酚化合物、相對於一個其酚性羥基而為至少2莫耳以上的醛、以及1莫耳的一級胺,於二級脂肪族胺、三級脂肪族胺或者鹼性含氮雜環化合物的存在下進行反應而獲得(參照國際公開2004/009708以及日本專利特開平11-12258)。 The oxazine compound represented by the formula (OX-3) is obtained by making 1 mol of a phenol compound, an aldehyde of at least 2 mol or more with respect to one phenolic hydroxyl group, and 1 mol in an organic solvent. The primary amine is obtained by performing a reaction in the presence of a secondary aliphatic amine, a tertiary aliphatic amine, or a basic nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound (see International Publication 2004/009708 and Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 11-12258).

式(OX-4)~式(OX-6)所表示的噁嗪化合物是藉由使4,4'-二胺基二苯基甲烷等具有多個苯環及將它們鍵結的有機基的二胺、福馬林等醛、以及苯酚,於正丁醇中,且於90℃以上的溫度下進行脫水縮合反應而獲得(參照日本專利特開2004-352670)。 The oxazine compounds represented by the formulas (OX-4) to (OX-6) are those in which 4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane and the like have a plurality of benzene rings and an organic group that bonds them. Diamine, aldehydes such as formalin, and phenol are obtained by carrying out dehydration condensation reaction in n-butanol at a temperature of 90 ° C or higher (see Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2004-352670).

<噁唑啉化合物> <Oxazoline compound>

出於使液晶顯示元件的電氣特性長期穩定的目的,本發明的液晶配向劑亦可更含有噁唑啉化合物。噁唑啉化合物為具有噁唑啉結構的化合物。噁唑啉化合物可為一種化合物,亦可為兩種以上的化合物。出於所述目的,相對於聚醯胺酸或其衍生物,噁唑 啉化合物的含量較佳為0.1重量%~50重量%,更佳為1重量%~40重量%,尤佳為1重量%~20重量%。或者,出於所述目的,當將噁唑啉化合物中的噁唑啉結構換算為噁唑啉時,相對於聚醯胺酸或其衍生物,噁唑啉化合物的含量較佳為0.1重量%~40重量%。以下對噁唑啉化合物進行具體說明。 For the purpose of stabilizing the electrical characteristics of the liquid crystal display element for a long period of time, the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention may further contain an oxazoline compound. An oxazoline compound is a compound having an oxazoline structure. The oxazoline compound may be a single compound or two or more compounds. For the stated purpose, oxazole is relative to polyamidic acid or its derivatives The content of the phthaloline compound is preferably 0.1% to 50% by weight, more preferably 1% to 40% by weight, and even more preferably 1% to 20% by weight. Alternatively, when the oxazoline structure in the oxazoline compound is converted into the oxazoline for the purpose, the content of the oxazoline compound is preferably 0.1% by weight relative to the polyamidic acid or a derivative thereof. ~ 40% by weight. The oxazoline compound will be specifically described below.

噁唑啉化合物可於一種化合物中僅具有一種噁唑啉結構,亦可具有兩種以上。另外,噁唑啉化合物只要於一種化合物中具有一個噁唑啉結構即可,較佳為具有兩個以上。另外,噁唑啉化合物可為側鏈上具有噁唑啉結構的聚合體,亦可為共聚物。側鏈上具有噁唑啉結構的聚合體可為側鏈上具有噁唑啉結構的單體的均聚物,亦可為側鏈上具有噁唑啉結構的單體與不具有噁唑啉結構的單體的共聚物。側鏈上具有噁唑啉結構的共聚物可為側鏈上具有噁唑啉結構的兩種以上單體的共聚物,亦可為側鏈上具有噁唑啉結構的兩種以上單體與不具有噁唑啉結構的單體的共聚物。 The oxazoline compound may have only one oxazoline structure in one compound, or may have two or more. The oxazoline compound only needs to have one oxazoline structure in one compound, and preferably has two or more. The oxazoline compound may be a polymer having a oxazoline structure in a side chain, or a copolymer. The polymer having an oxazoline structure on the side chain may be a homopolymer of a monomer having an oxazoline structure on the side chain, or a monomer having an oxazoline structure on the side chain and a non-oxazoline structure Copolymer of monomers. The copolymer having an oxazoline structure on a side chain may be a copolymer of two or more monomers having an oxazoline structure on a side chain, or may be a copolymer of two or more monomers having an oxazoline structure on a side chain. Copolymer of a monomer having an oxazoline structure.

噁唑啉結構較佳為以噁唑啉結構中的氧及氮的一者或兩者與聚醯胺酸的羰基可進行反應的方式存在於噁唑啉化合物中的結構。 The oxazoline structure is preferably a structure that exists in the oxazoline compound such that one or both of oxygen and nitrogen in the oxazoline structure can react with the carbonyl group of the polyamidic acid.

噁唑啉化合物例如可列舉:2,2'-雙(2-噁唑啉)、1,2,4-三-(2-噁唑啉基-2)-苯、4-呋喃-2-基亞甲基-2-苯基-4H-噁唑-5-酮、1,4-雙(4,5-二氫-2-噁唑基)苯、1,3-雙(4,5-二氫-2-噁唑基)苯、2,3-雙(4-異丙烯基-2-噁唑啉-2-基)丁烷、2,2'-雙-4-苄基-2-噁唑啉、2,6-雙(異 丙基-2-噁唑啉-2-基)吡啶、2,2'-亞異丙基雙(4-第三丁基-2-噁唑啉)、2,2'-亞異丙基雙(4-苯基-2-噁唑啉)、2,2'-亞甲基雙(4-第三丁基-2-噁唑啉)、以及2,2'-亞甲基雙(4-苯基-2-噁唑啉)。除了該些化合物以外,亦可列舉如愛坡庫洛斯(Epocros)(商品名,日本觸媒(股)製造)之類的具有噁唑基的聚合物或寡聚物。該些化合物中,更佳為可列舉1,3-雙(4,5-二氫-2-噁唑基)苯。 Examples of the oxazoline compound include 2,2'-bis (2-oxazoline), 1,2,4-tri- (2-oxazolinyl-2) -benzene, and 4-furan-2-yl Methylene-2-phenyl-4H-oxazole-5-one, 1,4-bis (4,5-dihydro-2-oxazolyl) benzene, 1,3-bis (4,5-bis Hydrogen-2-oxazolyl) benzene, 2,3-bis (4-isopropenyl-2-oxazolin-2-yl) butane, 2,2'-bis-4-benzyl-2-oxane Oxazoline, 2,6-bis (iso Propyl-2-oxazoline-2-yl) pyridine, 2,2'-isopropylidenebis (4-third-butyl-2-oxazoline), 2,2'-isopropylidenebis (4-phenyl-2-oxazoline), 2,2'-methylenebis (4-third butyl-2-oxazoline), and 2,2'-methylenebis (4- Phenyl-2-oxazoline). In addition to these compounds, polymers or oligomers having an oxazole group, such as Epocros (trade name, manufactured by Nippon Catalysts, Ltd.) can also be mentioned. Among these compounds, 1,3-bis (4,5-dihydro-2-oxazolyl) benzene is more preferable.

<環氧化合物> <Epoxy compound>

出於使液晶顯示元件的電氣特性長期穩定的目的,本發明的液晶配向劑亦可更含有環氧化合物。環氧化合物可為一種化合物,亦可為兩種以上的化合物。出於所述的目的,相對於聚醯胺酸或其衍生物,環氧化合物的含量較佳為0.1重量%~50重量%,更佳為1重量%~40重量%,尤佳為1重量%~20重量%。以下對環氧化合物進行具體說明。 For the purpose of stabilizing the electrical characteristics of the liquid crystal display element for a long period of time, the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention may further contain an epoxy compound. The epoxy compound may be one kind of compound or two or more kinds of compounds. For the stated purpose, the content of the epoxy compound is preferably 0.1% to 50% by weight, more preferably 1% to 40% by weight, and even more preferably 1% by weight relative to polyamic acid or a derivative thereof. % ~ 20% by weight. The epoxy compound will be specifically described below.

環氧化合物可列舉分子內具有一個或兩個以上的環氧基環的多種化合物。分子內具有一個環氧基環的化合物例如可列舉:苯基縮水甘油醚、丁基縮水甘油醚、3,3,3-三氟甲基環氧丙烷、氧化苯乙烯、六氟環氧丙烷、氧化環己烯、3-縮水甘油氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、2-(3,4-環氧基環己基)乙基三甲氧基矽烷、N-縮水甘油基鄰苯二甲醯亞胺、(九氟-N-丁基)環氧化物、全氟乙基縮水甘油醚、表氯醇、表溴醇、N,N-二縮水甘油基苯胺、以及3-[2-(全氟己基)乙氧基]-1,2-環氧丙烷。 Examples of the epoxy compound include various compounds having one or two or more epoxy rings in the molecule. Examples of the compound having one epoxy ring in the molecule include phenyl glycidyl ether, butyl glycidyl ether, 3,3,3-trifluoromethyl propylene oxide, styrene oxide, hexafluoro propylene oxide, Cyclohexene oxide, 3-glycidyloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 2- (3,4-epoxycyclohexyl) ethyltrimethoxysilane, N-glycidylphthalimide , (Nonafluoro-N-butyl) epoxide, perfluoroethyl glycidyl ether, epichlorohydrin, epibromohydrin, N, N-diglycidylaniline, and 3- [2- (perfluorohexyl) ) Ethoxy] -1,2-propylene oxide.

分子內具有兩個環氧基環的化合物例如可列舉:乙二醇 二縮水甘油醚、聚乙二醇二縮水甘油醚、丙二醇二縮水甘油醚、三丙二醇二縮水甘油醚、聚丙二醇二縮水甘油醚、新戊二醇二縮水甘油醚、1,6-己二醇二縮水甘油醚、甘油二縮水甘油醚、2,2-二溴新戊二醇二縮水甘油醚、3,4-環氧基環己烯基甲基-3',4'-環氧基環己烯羧酸酯以及3-(N,N-二縮水甘油基)胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷。 Examples of the compound having two epoxy rings in the molecule include ethylene glycol. Diglycidyl ether, polyethylene glycol diglycidyl ether, propylene glycol diglycidyl ether, tripropylene glycol diglycidyl ether, polypropylene glycol diglycidyl ether, neopentyl glycol diglycidyl ether, 1,6-hexanediol Diglycidyl ether, glycerol diglycidyl ether, 2,2-dibromo neopentyl glycol diglycidyl ether, 3,4-epoxycyclohexenylmethyl-3 ', 4'-epoxy ring Hexene carboxylate and 3- (N, N-diglycidyl) aminopropyltrimethoxysilane.

分子內具有三個環氧基環的化合物例如可列舉:2-[4-(2,3-環氧基丙氧基)苯基]-2-[4-[1,1-雙[4-([2,3-環氧基丙氧基]苯基)]乙基]苯基]丙烷(商品名「特克莫(Techmore)VG3101L」,(三井化學(股)製造))。 Examples of the compound having three epoxy rings in the molecule include 2- [4- (2,3-epoxypropoxy) phenyl] -2- [4- [1,1-bis [4- ([2,3-Epoxypropoxy] phenyl)] ethyl] phenyl] propane (trade name "Techmore VG3101L" (manufactured by Mitsui Chemicals, Ltd.)).

分子內具有四個環氧基環的化合物例如可列舉:1,3,5,6-四縮水甘油基-2,4-己二醇、N,N,N',N'-四縮水甘油基-間二甲苯二胺、1,3-雙(N,N-二縮水甘油基胺基甲基)環己烷、N,N,N',N'-四縮水甘油基-4,4'-二胺基二苯基甲烷、以及3-(N-烯丙基-N-縮水甘油基)胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷。 Examples of the compound having four epoxy rings in the molecule include: 1,3,5,6-tetraglycidyl-2,4-hexanediol, N, N, N ', N'-tetraglycidyl -M-xylylenediamine, 1,3-bis (N, N-diglycidylaminomethyl) cyclohexane, N, N, N ', N'-tetraglycidyl-4,4'- Diaminodiphenylmethane, and 3- (N-allyl-N-glycidyl) aminopropyltrimethoxysilane.

除了所述以外,分子內具有環氧基環的化合物的例子亦可列舉具有環氧基環的寡聚物或聚合體。具有環氧基環的單體例如可列舉:(甲基)丙烯酸縮水甘油酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3,4-環氧基環己酯、以及(甲基)丙烯酸甲基縮水甘油酯。 In addition to the above, examples of the compound having an epoxy group in the molecule include an oligomer or a polymer having an epoxy group. Examples of the monomer having an epoxy group include glycidyl (meth) acrylate, 3,4-epoxycyclohexyl (meth) acrylate, and methyl glycidyl (meth) acrylate.

與具有環氧基環的單體進行共聚合的其他單體例如可列舉:(甲基)丙烯酸、(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸第三丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸環己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苄基酯、 (甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基丙酯、苯乙烯、甲基苯乙烯、氯甲基苯乙烯、(甲基)丙烯酸(3-乙基-3-氧雜環丁基)甲酯、N-環己基順丁烯二醯亞胺以及N-苯基順丁烯二醯亞胺。 Examples of other monomers copolymerized with the monomer having an epoxy ring include (meth) acrylic acid, methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, and isopropyl (meth) acrylate. , Butyl (meth) acrylate, isobutyl (meth) acrylate, third butyl (meth) acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth) acrylate, benzyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, styrene, methylstyrene, chloromethylstyrene, (3-ethyl-3-oxy) (meth) acrylate Heterocyclobutyl) methyl ester, N-cyclohexylcis-butenedifluorene imine, and N-phenylcis-butenedifluorene imine.

具有環氧基環的單體的聚合體的較佳具體例可列舉聚甲基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯等。另外,具有環氧基環的單體與其他單體的共聚物的較佳具體例可列舉:N-苯基順丁烯二醯亞胺-甲基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯共聚物、N-環己基順丁烯二醯亞胺-甲基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯共聚物、甲基丙烯酸苄基酯-甲基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯共聚物、甲基丙烯酸丁酯-甲基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯共聚物、甲基丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯-甲基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯共聚物、甲基丙烯酸(3-乙基-3-氧雜環丁基)甲酯-甲基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯共聚物以及苯乙烯-甲基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯共聚物。 Preferred specific examples of the polymer of the monomer having an epoxy group include polyglycidyl methacrylate and the like. Examples of preferred specific examples of the copolymer of a monomer having an epoxy ring and other monomers include: N-phenylcis butylene diimide-glycidyl methacrylate copolymer, and N-cyclohexyl Maleimide-glycidyl methacrylate copolymer, benzyl methacrylate-glycidyl methacrylate copolymer, butyl methacrylate-glycidyl methacrylate copolymer, methyl 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate-glycidyl methacrylate copolymer, (3-ethyl-3-oxetanyl) methyl methacrylate-glycidyl methacrylate copolymer, and styrene-methyl Glycidyl acrylate copolymer.

該些例子中,特佳為:N,N,N',N'-四縮水甘油基-間二甲苯二胺、1,3-雙(N,N-二縮水甘油基胺基甲基)環己烷、N,N,N',N'-四縮水甘油基-4,4'-二胺基二苯基甲烷、商品名「特克莫(Techmore)VG3101L」、3,4-環氧基環己烯基甲基-3',4'-環氧基環己烯羧酸酯、N-苯基順丁烯二醯亞胺-甲基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯共聚物、以及2-(3,4-環氧基環己基)乙基三甲氧基矽烷。 In these examples, particularly preferred are: N, N, N ', N'-tetraglycidyl-m-xylylenediamine, 1,3-bis (N, N-diglycidylaminomethyl) ring Hexane, N, N, N ', N'-tetraglycidyl-4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane, trade name "Techmore VG3101L", 3,4-epoxy Cyclohexenylmethyl-3 ', 4'-epoxycyclohexene carboxylic acid ester, N-phenylcis butylene diimide-glycidyl methacrylate copolymer, and 2- (3, 4-epoxycyclohexyl) ethyltrimethoxysilane.

更系統而言,環氧化合物例如可列舉:縮水甘油醚、縮水甘油酯、縮水甘油基胺、含環氧基的丙烯酸系樹脂、縮水甘油基醯胺、異氰脲酸縮水甘油酯、鏈狀脂肪族型環氧化合物、及環狀脂肪族型環氧化合物。此外,環氧化合物是指具有環氧基的化 合物,環氧樹脂是指具有環氧基的樹脂。 More systematically, the epoxy compound includes, for example, glycidyl ether, glycidyl ester, glycidylamine, epoxy-containing acrylic resin, glycidylamidoamine, glycidyl isocyanurate, and chain Aliphatic epoxy compounds and cyclic aliphatic epoxy compounds. In addition, an epoxy compound refers to a compound having an epoxy group. Epoxy resin means a resin having an epoxy group.

環氧化合物例如可列舉:縮水甘油醚、縮水甘油酯、縮水甘油基胺、含環氧基的丙烯酸系樹脂、縮水甘油基醯胺、異氰脲酸縮水甘油酯、鏈狀脂肪族型環氧化合物、及環狀脂肪族型環氧化合物。 Examples of the epoxy compound include glycidyl ether, glycidyl ester, glycidylamine, epoxy-containing acrylic resin, glycidylamidoamine, glycidyl isocyanurate, and chain aliphatic epoxy. Compounds, and cyclic aliphatic epoxy compounds.

縮水甘油醚例如可列舉:雙酚A型環氧化合物、雙酚F型環氧化合物、雙酚S型環氧化合物、雙酚型環氧化合物、氫化雙酚-A型環氧化合物、氫化雙酚-F型環氧化合物、氫化雙酚-S型環氧化合物、氫化雙酚型環氧化合物、溴化雙酚-A型環氧化合物、溴化雙酚-F型環氧化合物、苯酚酚醛清漆型環氧化合物、甲酚酚醛清漆型環氧化合物、溴化苯酚酚醛清漆型環氧化合物、溴化甲酚酚醛清漆型環氧化合物、雙酚A酚醛清漆型環氧化合物、含萘骨架的環氧化合物、芳香族聚縮水甘油醚化合物、二環戊二烯苯酚型環氧化合物、脂環式二縮水甘油醚化合物、脂肪族聚縮水甘油醚化合物、聚硫醚型二縮水甘油醚化合物、以及聯苯酚型環氧化合物。 Examples of the glycidyl ether include bisphenol A type epoxy compounds, bisphenol F type epoxy compounds, bisphenol S type epoxy compounds, bisphenol type epoxy compounds, hydrogenated bisphenol-A type epoxy compounds, and hydrogenated bisphenol Phenol-F type epoxy compound, hydrogenated bisphenol-S type epoxy compound, hydrogenated bisphenol type epoxy compound, brominated bisphenol-A type epoxy compound, brominated bisphenol-F type epoxy compound, phenol novolac Varnish type epoxy compound, cresol novolac type epoxy compound, brominated phenol novolac type epoxy compound, brominated cresol novolac type epoxy compound, bisphenol A novolac type epoxy compound, naphthalene skeleton-containing Epoxy compounds, aromatic polyglycidyl ether compounds, dicyclopentadiene phenol type epoxy compounds, alicyclic diglycidyl ether compounds, aliphatic polyglycidyl ether compounds, polythioether diglycidyl ether compounds, And biphenol type epoxy compounds.

縮水甘油酯例如可列舉二縮水甘油酯化合物以及縮水甘油酯環氧化合物。 Examples of the glycidyl ester include a diglycidyl ester compound and a glycidyl epoxy compound.

縮水甘油基胺例如可列舉聚縮水甘油基胺化合物以及縮水甘油基胺型環氧樹脂。 Examples of the glycidylamine include polyglycidylamine compounds and glycidylamine-type epoxy resins.

含環氧基的丙烯酸系化合物例如可列舉具有氧雜環丙基的單體的均聚物以及共聚物。 Examples of the epoxy group-containing acrylic compound include homopolymers and copolymers of a monomer having an oxetanyl group.

縮水甘油基醯胺例如可列舉縮水甘油基醯胺型環氧化合物。 Examples of the glycidylamidoamine include a glycidylamido-type epoxy compound.

鏈狀脂肪族型環氧化合物例如可列舉將烯烴化合物的碳-碳雙鍵進行氧化而獲得的含有環氧基的化合物。 Examples of the chain aliphatic epoxy compound include an epoxy group-containing compound obtained by oxidizing a carbon-carbon double bond of an olefin compound.

環狀脂肪族型環氧化合物例如可列舉將環烯烴化合物的碳-碳雙鍵進行氧化而獲得的含有環氧基的化合物。 Examples of the cyclic aliphatic epoxy compound include an epoxy group-containing compound obtained by oxidizing a carbon-carbon double bond of a cycloolefin compound.

雙酚A型環氧化合物例如可列舉:jER828、jER1001、jER1002、jER1003、jER1004、jER1007、jER1010(均為商品名,三菱化學(股)製造),艾伯特(Epotohto)YD-128(東都化成(股)製造),DER-331、DER-332、DER-324(均由陶氏化學公司(The Dow Chemical Company)製造),愛匹克隆(Epiclon)840、愛匹克隆(Epiclon)850、愛匹克隆(Epiclon)1050(均為商品名,迪愛生(DIC)(股)製造),愛坡密克(Epomik)R-140、愛坡密克(Epomik)R-301、以及愛坡密克(Epomik)R-304(均為商品名,三井化學(公司)製造)。 Examples of the bisphenol A-type epoxy compound include jER828, jER1001, jER1002, jER1003, jER1004, jER1007, and jER1010 (all are trade names, manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation), and Epotohto YD-128 (Toto Kasei (Manufactured), DER-331, DER-332, DER-324 (all manufactured by The Dow Chemical Company), Epiclon 840, Epiclon 850, Epiclon 1050 (both trade names, manufactured by DIC), Epomik R-140, Epomik R-301, and Epomik (Epomik) R-304 (both trade names, manufactured by Mitsui Chemicals, Inc.).

雙酚F型環氧化合物例如可列舉:jER806、jER807、jER4004P(均為商品名,三菱化學(股)製造),艾伯特(Epotohto)YDF-170、艾伯特(Epotohto)YDF-175S、艾伯特(Epotohto)YDF-2001(均為商品名,東都化成(股)製造),DER-354(商品名,陶氏化學公司製造),愛匹克隆(Epiclon)830及愛匹克隆(Epiclon)835(均為商品名,迪愛生(DIC)(股)製造)。 Examples of the bisphenol F-type epoxy compound include jER806, jER807, and jER4004P (all of which are trade names, manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation), Epotohto YDF-170, Epotohto YDF-175S, Epotohto YDF-2001 (both trade names, manufactured by Tohto Kasei Co., Ltd.), DER-354 (trade name, manufactured by The Dow Chemical Company), Epiclon 830 and Epiclon (Epiclon ) 835 (both are trade names, manufactured by DIC).

雙酚型環氧化合物例如可列舉2,2-雙(4-羥基苯 基)-1,1,1,3,3,3-六氟丙烷的環氧化物。 Examples of the bisphenol-type epoxy compound include 2,2-bis (4-hydroxybenzene Epoxide) -1,1,1,3,3,3-hexafluoropropane.

氫化雙酚-A型環氧化合物例如可列舉:桑特(Santoto)ST-3000(商品名,東都化成(股)製造),理化萊晶(Ricaresin)HBE-100(商品名,新日本理化(股)製造),以及丹納考爾(Denacol)EX-252(商品名,長瀨化成(Nagase ChemteX)(股)製造)。 Examples of the hydrogenated bisphenol-A epoxy compound include: Santoto ST-3000 (trade name, manufactured by Toto Kasei Co., Ltd.), and Ricaresin HBE-100 (trade name, Shinnippon Physico Chemical ( ) And Denacol EX-252 (trade name, made by Nagase ChemteX).

氫化雙酚型環氧化合物例如可列舉氫化2,2-雙(4-羥基苯基)-1,1,1,3,3,3-六氟丙烷的環氧化物。 Examples of the hydrogenated bisphenol-type epoxy compound include hydrogenated epoxides of 2,2-bis (4-hydroxyphenyl) -1,1,1,3,3,3-hexafluoropropane.

溴化雙酚-A型環氧化合物例如可列舉:jER5050、jER5051(均為商品名,三菱化學(股)製造),艾伯特(Epotohto)YDB-360、艾伯特(Epotohto)YDB-400(均為商品名,東都化成(股)製造),DER-530、DER-538(均為商品名,陶氏化學公司(The Dow Chemical Company)製造),愛匹克隆(Epiclon)152、以及愛匹克隆(Epiclon)153(均為商品名,迪愛生(DIC)(股)製造)。 Examples of the brominated bisphenol-A epoxy compound include jER5050 and jER5051 (both are trade names, manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation), Epotohto YDB-360, and Epotohto YDB-400 (Both trade names, manufactured by Toto Kasei Co., Ltd.), DER-530, DER-538 (both trade names, manufactured by The Dow Chemical Company), Epiclon 152, and love Epiclon 153 (both trade names, manufactured by DIC).

苯酚酚醛清漆型環氧化合物例如可列舉:jER152、jER154(均為商品名,三菱化學(股)製造),YDPN-638(商品名,東都化成公司製造),DEN431、DEN438(均為商品名,陶氏化學公司(The Dow Chemical Company)製造),愛匹克隆(Epiclon)N-770(商品名,迪愛生(DIC)(股)製造),EPPN-201及EPPN-202(均為商品名,日本化藥(股)製造)。 Examples of the phenol novolac epoxy compound include jER152 and jER154 (both are trade names, manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation), YDPN-638 (trade name, manufactured by Tohto Kasei Corporation), and DEN431 and DEN438 (both trade names, (The Dow Chemical Company), Epiclon N-770 (trade name, manufactured by DIC), EPPN-201 and EPPN-202 (both trade names, (Manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.).

甲酚酚醛清漆型環氧化合物例如可列舉:jER180S75(商品名,三菱化學(股)製造),YDCN-701、YDCN-702(均為商品 名,東都化成公司製造),愛匹克隆(Epiclon)N-665、愛匹克隆(Epiclon)N-695(均為商品名,迪愛生(DIC)(股)製造),EOCN-102S、EOCN-103S、EOCN-104S、EOCN-1020、EOCN-1025及EOCN-1027(均為商品名,日本化藥(股)製造)。 Examples of the cresol novolac-type epoxy compound include jER180S75 (trade name, manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation), YDCN-701, YDCN-702 (both products) Name, manufactured by Tohto Kasei Co., Ltd.), Epiclon N-665, Epiclon N-695 (both trade names, manufactured by DIC Corporation), EOCN-102S, EOCN- 103S, EOCN-104S, EOCN-1020, EOCN-1025 and EOCN-1027 (all are trade names, manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.).

雙酚A酚醛清漆型環氧化合物例如可列舉:jER157S70(商品名,三菱化學(股)製造),以及愛匹克隆(Epiclon)N-880(商品名,迪愛生(DIC)(股)製造)。 Examples of the bisphenol A novolac epoxy compound include jER157S70 (trade name, manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation), and Epiclon N-880 (trade name, manufactured by DIC Corporation) .

含萘骨架的環氧化合物例如可列舉:愛匹克隆(Epiclon)HP-4032、愛匹克隆(Epiclon)HP-4700、愛匹克隆(Epiclon)HP-4770(均為商品名,迪愛生(DIC)(股)製造),以及NC-7000(商品名,日本化藥公司製造)。 Examples of the naphthalene skeleton-containing epoxy compound include: Epiclon HP-4032, Epiclon HP-4700, and Epiclon HP-4770 (both trade names, DIC) ) (Product), and NC-7000 (trade name, manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.).

芳香族聚縮水甘油醚化合物例如可列舉:對苯二酚二縮水甘油醚(下述式EP-1)、鄰苯二酚二縮水甘油醚(下述式EP-2)、間苯二酚二縮水甘油醚(下述式EP-3)、2-[4-(2,3-環氧基丙氧基)苯基]-2-[4-[1,1-雙[4-([2,3-環氧基丙氧基]苯基)]乙基]苯基]丙烷(下述式EP-4)、三(4-縮水甘油基氧基苯基)甲烷(下述式EP-5)、jER1031S、jER1032H60(均為商品名,三菱化學(股)製造),TACTIX-742(商品名,陶氏化學公司(The Dow Chemical Company)製造),丹納考爾(Denacol)EX-201(商品名,長瀨化成(Nagase ChemteX)(股)製造),DPPN-503、DPPN-502H、DPPN-501H、NC6000(均為商品名,日本化藥(股)製造),特克莫(Techmore)VG3101L(商品名,三井化學(股)製造),下述式EP-6所表示 的化合物以及下述式FP-7所表示的化合物。 Examples of the aromatic polyglycidyl ether compound include hydroquinone diglycidyl ether (the following formula EP-1), catechol diglycidyl ether (the following formula EP-2), and resorcinol Glycidyl ether (EP-3 below), 2- [4- (2,3-epoxypropoxy) phenyl] -2- [4- [1,1-bis [4-([2 , 3-epoxypropoxy] phenyl)] ethyl] phenyl] propane (EP-4 below), tris (4-glycidyloxyphenyl) methane (EP-5 below) ), JER1031S, jER1032H60 (both trade names, manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation), TACTIX-742 (trade names, manufactured by The Dow Chemical Company), Denacol EX-201 ( Trade names, manufactured by Nagase ChemteX (stock), DPPN-503, DPPN-502H, DPPN-501H, NC6000 (all product names, manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), Techmore VG3101L (trade name, manufactured by Mitsui Chemicals Co., Ltd.), represented by the following formula EP-6 And a compound represented by the following formula FP-7.

Figure TWI676654B_D0255
Figure TWI676654B_D0255

Figure TWI676654B_D0256
Figure TWI676654B_D0256

Figure TWI676654B_D0257
Figure TWI676654B_D0257

二環戊二烯苯酚型環氧化合物例如可列舉:TACTIX-556(商品名,陶氏化學公司(The Dow Chemical Company)製造),以及愛匹克隆(Epiclon)HP-7200(商品名,迪愛生(DIC)(股)製造)。 Examples of the dicyclopentadiene phenol type epoxy compound include TACTIX-556 (trade name, manufactured by The Dow Chemical Company), and Epiclon HP-7200 (trade name, Diison) (DIC) (shares).

脂環式二縮水甘油醚化合物例如可列舉:環己烷二甲醇二縮水甘油醚化合物、以及理化萊晶(Ricaresin)DME-100(商 品名,新日本理化(股)製造)。 Examples of the alicyclic diglycidyl ether compound include a cyclohexanedimethanol diglycidyl ether compound, and Ricaresin DME-100 (quote Product name, manufactured by Shinnippon Physicochemical Co., Ltd.).

脂肪族聚縮水甘油醚化合物例如可列舉:乙二醇二縮水甘油醚(下述式EP-8)、二乙二醇二縮水甘油醚(下述式EP-9)、聚乙二醇二縮水甘油醚、丙二醇二縮水甘油醚(下述式EP-10)、三丙二醇二縮水甘油醚(下述式EP-11)、聚丙二醇二縮水甘油醚、新戊二醇二縮水甘油醚(下述式EP-12)、1,4-丁二醇二縮水甘油醚(下述式EP-13)、1,6-己二醇二縮水甘油醚(下述式EP-14)、二溴新戊二醇二縮水甘油醚(下述式EP-15),丹納考爾(Denacol)EX-810、丹納考爾(Denacol)EX-851、丹納考爾(Denacol)EX-8301、丹納考爾(Denacol)EX-911、丹納考爾(Denacol)EX-920、丹納考爾(Denacol)EX-931、丹納考爾(Denacol)EX-211、丹納考爾(Denacol)EX-212、丹納考爾(Denacol)EX-313(均為商品名,長瀨化成(Nagase ChemteX)(股)製造),DD-503(商品名,艾迪科(ADEKA)(股)製造),理化萊晶(Ricaresin)W-100(商品名,新日本理化(股)製造),1,3,5,6-四縮水甘油基-2,4-己二醇(下述式EP-16)、甘油聚縮水甘油醚、山梨糖醇聚縮水甘油醚、三羥甲基丙烷聚縮水甘油醚、季戊四醇聚縮水甘油醚,丹納考爾(Denacol)EX-313、丹納考爾(Denacol)EX-611、丹納考爾(Denacol)EX-321及丹納考爾(Denacol)EX-411(均為商品名,長瀨化成(Nagase ChemteX)(股)製造)。 Examples of the aliphatic polyglycidyl ether compound include ethylene glycol diglycidyl ether (the following formula EP-8), diethylene glycol diglycidyl ether (the following formula EP-9), and polyethylene glycol diglycidyl. Glyceryl ether, propylene glycol diglycidyl ether (EP-10 below), tripropylene glycol diglycidyl ether (EP-11 below), polypropylene glycol diglycidyl ether, neopentyl glycol diglycidyl ether (hereinafter EP-12), 1,4-butanediol diglycidyl ether (the following formula EP-13), 1,6-hexanediol diglycidyl ether (the following formula EP-14), dibromoneopenta Diethylene glycol diglycidyl ether (EP-15 below), Denacol EX-810, Denacol EX-851, Denacol EX-8301, Dena Denacol EX-911, Denacol EX-920, Denacol EX-931, Denacol EX-211, Denacol EX -212, Denacol EX-313 (both trade names, manufactured by Nagase ChemteX), DD-503 (trade name, manufactured by ADEKA) , Ricaresin W-100 (trade name, manufactured by Shinnippon Ricoh Co., Ltd.), 1,3,5,6-tetraglycidyl-2,4-hexanedione Alcohol (EP-16 below), glycerol polyglycidyl ether, sorbitol polyglycidyl ether, trimethylolpropane polyglycidyl ether, pentaerythritol polyglycidyl ether, Denacol EX-313 , Denacol EX-611, Denacol EX-321 and Denacol EX-411 (all are trade names, manufactured by Nagase ChemteX) ).

Figure TWI676654B_D0258
Figure TWI676654B_D0258

聚硫醚型二縮水甘油醚化合物例如可列舉:FLDP-50、以及FLDP-60(均為商品名,東麗聚硫橡膠(Toray Thiokol)(股)製造)。 Examples of the polythioether-type diglycidyl ether compound include FLDP-50 and FLDP-60 (both are trade names, manufactured by Toray Thiokol (Stock)).

聯苯酚型環氧化合物例如可列舉:YX-4000、YL-6121H(均為商品名,三菱化學(股)製造),NC-3000P及NC-3000S(均為商品名,日本化藥(股)製造)。 Examples of the biphenol type epoxy compound include: YX-4000, YL-6121H (both are trade names, manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation), NC-3000P and NC-3000S (both trade names, Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) Manufacturing).

二縮水甘油酯化合物例如可列舉:對苯二甲酸二縮水甘油酯(下述式EP-17)、鄰苯二甲酸二縮水甘油酯(下述式EP-18)、鄰苯二甲酸雙(2-甲基氧雜環丙基甲基)酯(下述式EP-19)、六氫鄰苯二甲酸二縮水甘油酯(下述式EP-20)、下述式EP-21所表示的化合物、下述式EP-22所表示的化合物、以及下述式EP-23所表示的化合物。 Examples of the diglycidyl compound include diglycidyl terephthalate (EP-17 below), diglycidyl phthalate (EP-18 below), and bis (2 -Methyloxetylmethyl) ester (EP-19 below), diglycidyl hexahydrophthalate (EP-20 below), and compound represented by EP-21 below A compound represented by the following formula EP-22, and a compound represented by the following formula EP-23.

Figure TWI676654B_D0259
Figure TWI676654B_D0259

縮水甘油酯環氧化合物例如可列舉:jER871、jER872 (均為商品名,三菱化學(股)製造),愛匹克隆(Epiclon)200、愛匹克隆(Epiclon)400(均為商品名,迪愛生(DIC)(股)製造),丹納考爾(Denacol)EX-711及丹納考爾(Denacol)EX-721(均為商品名,長瀨化成(Nagase ChemteX)(股)製造)。 Examples of the glycidyl epoxy compound include jER871, jER872 (Both trade names, manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation), Epiclon 200, Epiclon 400 (both trade names, manufactured by DIC), Dana Kaul (Denacol) EX-711 and Denacol EX-721 (both are trade names, manufactured by Nagase ChemteX).

聚縮水甘油基胺化合物例如可列舉:N,N-二縮水甘油基苯胺(下述式EP-24)、N,N-二縮水甘油基-鄰甲苯胺(下述式EP-25)、N,N-二縮水甘油基-間甲苯胺(下述式EP-26)、N,N-二縮水甘油基-2,4,6-三溴苯胺(下述式EP-27)、3-(N,N-二縮水甘油基)胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷(下述式EP-28)、N,N,O-三縮水甘油基-對胺基苯酚(下述式EP-29)、N,N,O-三縮水甘油基-間胺基苯酚(下述式EP-30)、N,N,N',N'-四縮水甘油基-4,4'-二胺基二苯基甲烷(下述式EP-31)、N,N,N',N'-四縮水甘油基-間苯二甲胺(TETRAD-X(商品名,三菱氣體化學(股)製造),下述式EP-32)、1,3-雙(N,N-二縮水甘油基胺基甲基)環己烷(TETRAD-C(商品名,三菱氣體化學(股)製造),下述式EP-33)、1,4-雙(N,N-二縮水甘油基胺基甲基)環己烷(下述式EP-34)、1,3-雙(N,N-二縮水甘油基胺基)環己烷(下述式EP-35)、1,4-雙(N,N-二縮水甘油基胺基)環己烷(下述式EP-36)、1,3-雙(N,N-二縮水甘油基胺基)苯(下述式EP-37)、1,4-雙(N,N-二縮水甘油基胺基)苯(下述式EP-38)、2,6-雙(N,N-二縮水甘油基胺基甲基)雙環[2.2.1]庚烷(下述式EP-39)、N,N,N',N'-四縮水甘油基-4,4'-二胺基二環己基甲烷(下述式EP-40)、2,2'-二甲基-(N,N,N',N'-四縮水甘油基)-4,4'-二胺基聯苯基 (下述式EP-41)、N,N,N',N'-四縮水甘油基-4,4'-二胺基二苯基醚(下述式EP-42)、1,3,5-三(4-(N,N-二縮水甘油基)胺基苯氧基)苯(下述式EP-43)、2,4,4'-三(N,N-二縮水甘油基胺基)二苯基醚(下述式EP-44)、三(4-(N,N-二縮水甘油基)胺基苯基)甲烷(下述式EP-45)、3,4,3',4'-四(N,N-二縮水甘油基胺基)聯苯(下述式EP-46)、3,4,3',4'-四(N,N-二縮水甘油基胺基)二苯基醚(下述式EP-47)、下述式EP-48所表示的化合物、以及下述式EP-49所表示的化合物。 Examples of the polyglycidylamine compound include N, N-diglycidylaniline (the following formula EP-24), N, N-diglycidyl-o-toluidine (the following formula EP-25), N , N-diglycidyl-m-toluidine (EP-26 below), N, N-diglycidyl-2,4,6-tribromoaniline (EP-27 below), 3- ( N, N-diglycidyl) aminopropyltrimethoxysilane (the following formula EP-28), N, N, O-triglycidyl-p-aminophenol (the following formula EP-29), N, N, O-triglycidyl-m-aminophenol (formula EP-30 below), N, N, N ', N'-tetraglycidyl-4,4'-diaminodiphenyl Methane (the following formula EP-31), N, N, N ', N'-tetraglycidyl-m-xylylenediamine (TETRAD-X (trade name, manufactured by Mitsubishi Gas Chemical Co., Ltd.), the following formula EP-32), 1,3-bis (N, N-diglycidylaminomethyl) cyclohexane (TETRAD-C (trade name, manufactured by Mitsubishi Gas Chemical Co., Ltd.), the following formula EP-33 ), 1,4-bis (N, N-diglycidylaminomethyl) cyclohexane (the following formula EP-34), 1,3-bis (N, N-diglycidylamino) Cyclohexane (the following formula EP-35), 1,4-bis (N, N-diglycidylamino) cyclohexane (the following formula EP-36), 1,3-bis (N, N -Dishrinking Oleylamino) benzene (formula EP-37), 1,4-bis (N, N-diglycidylamino) benzene (formula EP-38), 2,6-bis (N, N-diglycidylaminomethyl) bicyclo [2.2.1] heptane (EP-39 below), N, N, N ', N'-tetraglycidyl-4,4'-diamine Dicyclohexylmethane (EP-40 below), 2,2'-dimethyl- (N, N, N ', N'-tetraglycidyl) -4,4'-diaminobiphenyl base (The following formula EP-41), N, N, N ', N'-tetraglycidyl-4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether (the following formula EP-42), 1, 3, 5 -Tris (4- (N, N-diglycidyl) aminophenoxy) benzene (EP-43 below), 2,4,4'-tris (N, N-diglycidylamino) ) Diphenyl ether (the following formula EP-44), tris (4- (N, N-diglycidyl) aminophenyl) methane (the following formula EP-45), 3,4,3 ', 4'-tetrakis (N, N-diglycidylamino) biphenyl (EP-46 below), 3,4,3 ', 4'-tetrakis (N, N-diglycidylamino) A diphenyl ether (the following formula EP-47), a compound represented by the following formula EP-48, and a compound represented by the following formula EP-49.

Figure TWI676654B_D0260
Figure TWI676654B_D0260

Figure TWI676654B_D0261
Figure TWI676654B_D0261

Figure TWI676654B_D0262
Figure TWI676654B_D0262

Figure TWI676654B_D0263
Figure TWI676654B_D0263

Figure TWI676654B_D0264
Figure TWI676654B_D0264

具有氧雜環丙基的單體的均聚物例如可列舉:聚甲基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯。具有氧雜環丙基的單體的共聚物例如可列舉:N-苯基順丁烯二醯亞胺-甲基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯共聚物、N-環己基順丁烯二醯亞胺-甲基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯共聚物、甲基丙烯酸苄基酯-甲基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯共聚物、甲基丙烯酸丁酯-甲基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯共聚物、甲基丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯-甲基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯共聚物、甲基丙烯酸(3-乙基-3-氧雜環丁基)甲酯-甲基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯共聚物、以及苯乙烯-甲基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯共聚物。 Examples of the homopolymer of the oxetanyl group-containing monomer include polyglycidyl methacrylate. Examples of the copolymer of a monomer having an oxetanyl group include an N-phenylcis butylene diimide-glycidyl methacrylate copolymer, and an N-cyclohexyl cis butylene diimide-formaldehyde. Glycidyl acrylate copolymer, benzyl methacrylate-glycidyl methacrylate copolymer, butyl methacrylate-glycidyl methacrylate copolymer, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate-methyl Glycidyl acrylate copolymer, (3-ethyl-3-oxetanyl) methyl methacrylate-glycidyl methacrylate copolymer, and styrene-glycidyl methacrylate copolymer.

具有氧雜環丙基的單體例如可列舉:(甲基)丙烯酸縮水甘油酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3,4-環氧基環己酯、以及(甲基)丙烯酸甲基縮水甘油酯。 Examples of the oxetanyl-containing monomer include glycidyl (meth) acrylate, 3,4-epoxycyclohexyl (meth) acrylate, and methyl glycidyl (meth) acrylate.

具有氧雜環丙基的單體的共聚物中的具有氧雜環丙基 的單體以外的其他的單體例如可列舉:(甲基)丙烯酸、(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸第三丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸環己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苄基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基丙酯、苯乙烯、甲基苯乙烯、氯甲基苯乙烯、(甲基)丙烯酸(3-乙基-3-氧雜環丁基)甲酯、N-環己基順丁烯二醯亞胺、以及N-苯基順丁烯二醯亞胺。 Oxetanyl group in copolymers of oxetanyl group-containing monomers Examples of the monomer other than the monomers include (meth) acrylic acid, methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, isopropyl (meth) acrylate, and butyl (meth) acrylate Ester, isobutyl (meth) acrylate, third butyl (meth) acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth) acrylate, benzyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, styrene, methylstyrene, chloromethylstyrene, (3-ethyl-3-oxetanyl) methyl (meth) acrylate, N-ring Hexyl cis butene difluorene imine, and N-phenylcis butene difluorene imine.

異氰脲酸縮水甘油酯例如可列舉:1,3,5-三縮水甘油基-1,3,5-三嗪-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)-三酮(下述式EP-50)、1,3-二縮水甘油基-5-烯丙基-1,3,5-三嗪-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)-三酮(下述式EP-51)、以及異氰脲酸縮水甘油酯型環氧樹脂。 Examples of the glycidyl isocyanurate include 1,3,5-triglycidyl-1,3,5-triazine-2,4,6- (1H, 3H, 5H) -trione (described below) EP-50), 1,3-diglycidyl-5-allyl-1,3,5-triazine-2,4,6- (1H, 3H, 5H) -trione (formula EP-51), and glycidyl isocyanurate type epoxy resin.

Figure TWI676654B_D0265
Figure TWI676654B_D0265

鏈狀脂肪族型環氧化合物例如可列舉:環氧化聚丁二烯、以及艾波利得(Epolead)PB3600(商品名,大賽璐(Daicel)(股)製造)。 Examples of the chain aliphatic epoxy compound include epoxidized polybutadiene and Epolead PB3600 (trade name, manufactured by Daicel Co., Ltd.).

環狀脂肪族型環氧化合物例如可列舉:3,4-環氧基環己烯基甲基-3',4'-環氧基環己烯羧酸酯(賽羅西德(Celloxide)2021 (大賽璐(Daicel)(股)製造),下述式EP-52)、2-甲基-3,4-環氧基環己基甲基-2'-甲基-3',4'-環氧基環己基羧酸酯(下述式EP-53)、2,3-環氧基環戊烷-2',3'-環氧基環戊烷醚(下述式EP-54)、ε-己內酯改質3,4-環氧基環己基甲基-3',4'-環氧基環己烷羧酸酯、1,2:8,9-二環氧基檸檬烯(賽羅西德(Celloxide)3000(商品名,大賽璐(Daicel)(股)製造),下述式EP-55)、下述式EP-56所表示的化合物、CY-175、CY-177、CY-179(均為商品名,汽巴-嘉基公司(The Ciba-Geigy Chemical Corp.)製造(可由日本亨斯邁(Japan Huntsman)(股)獲取))、EHPD-3150(商品名,大賽璐(Daicel)(股)製造)、以及環狀脂肪族型環氧樹脂。 Examples of the cyclic aliphatic epoxy compound include 3,4-epoxycyclohexenylmethyl-3 ', 4'-epoxycyclohexenecarboxylate (Celloxide 2021). (Manufactured by Daicel), the following formula EP-52), 2-methyl-3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl-2'-methyl-3 ', 4'-cyclo Oxycyclohexylcarboxylate (EP-53), 2,3-epoxycyclopentane-2 ', 3'-epoxycyclopentane ether (EP-54), ε -Caprolactone modified 3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl-3 ', 4'-epoxycyclohexane carboxylate, 1: 8,9-diepoxy limonene (Siro Cell oxide 3000 (trade name, manufactured by Daicel), the compound represented by the following formula EP-55), the compound represented by the following formula EP-56, CY-175, CY-177, CY- 179 (both trade names, manufactured by The Ciba-Geigy Chemical Corp. (available from Japan Huntsman Co., Ltd.)), EHPD-3150 (trade name, Daicel ( Daicel) and cyclic aliphatic epoxy resin.

Figure TWI676654B_D0266
Figure TWI676654B_D0266

環氧化合物較佳為聚縮水甘油基胺化合物、雙酚A酚醛清漆型環氧化合物、甲酚酚醛清漆型環氧化合物、及環狀脂肪族型環氧化合物的一種以上,較佳為N,N,N',N'-四縮水甘油基-間二甲苯二胺、1,3-雙(N,N-二縮水甘油基胺基甲基)環己烷、N,N,N',N'- 四縮水甘油基-4,4'-二胺基二苯基甲烷、商品名「特克莫(Techmore)VG3101L」、3,4-環氧基環己烯基甲基-3',4'-環氧基環己烯羧酸酯、N-苯基順丁烯二醯亞胺-甲基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯共聚物、N,N,O-三縮水甘油基-對胺基苯酚、雙酚A酚醛清漆型環氧化合物、以及甲酚酚醛清漆型環氧化合物的一種以上。 The epoxy compound is preferably one or more of a polyglycidylamine compound, a bisphenol A novolac epoxy compound, a cresol novolac epoxy compound, and a cyclic aliphatic epoxy compound, and more preferably N, N, N ', N'-tetraglycidyl-m-xylylenediamine, 1,3-bis (N, N-diglycidylaminomethyl) cyclohexane, N, N, N', N '- Tetraglycidyl-4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane, trade name "Techmore VG3101L", 3,4-epoxycyclohexenylmethyl-3 ', 4'- Epoxy cyclohexene carboxylate, N-phenylcis butylene diimide-glycidyl methacrylate copolymer, N, N, O-triglycidyl-p-aminophenol, bisphenol A One or more of a novolac epoxy compound and a cresol novolac epoxy compound.

高分子化合物可列舉對有機溶媒為可溶性的高分子化合物。將此種高分子化合物添加於本發明的液晶配向劑中,就控制所形成的液晶配向膜的電氣特性或配向性的觀點而言較佳。該高分子化合物例如可列舉:聚醯胺、聚胺基甲酸酯、聚脲、聚酯、聚環氧化物、聚酯多元醇、矽酮改質聚胺基甲酸酯、以及矽酮改質聚酯、聚醯胺、聚矽氧烷、纖維素衍生物、聚縮醛、聚苯乙烯衍生物、聚(苯乙烯-苯基順丁烯二醯亞胺)衍生物、聚(甲基)丙烯酸酯。可為一種,亦可為兩種以上。該些化合物中,較佳為聚矽氧烷。 Examples of the polymer compound include polymer compounds that are soluble in organic solvents. Adding such a polymer compound to the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention is preferable from the viewpoint of controlling the electrical characteristics or alignment properties of the liquid crystal alignment film to be formed. Examples of the polymer compound include polyamide, polyurethane, polyurea, polyester, polyepoxide, polyester polyol, silicone-modified polyurethane, and silicone-modified polyurethane. Polyester, polyamidoamine, polysiloxane, cellulose derivative, polyacetal, polystyrene derivative, poly (styrene-phenylmaleimide diimide) derivative, poly (methyl )Acrylate. It may be one type, or two or more types. Among these compounds, polysiloxane is preferred.

其他的低分子化合物例如可列舉:1)期望塗佈性提高時符合所述目的的界面活性劑;2)必須提高抗靜電性時的抗靜電劑;3)期望與基板的密合性提高時的矽烷偶合劑或鈦系偶合劑;另外,4)於低溫下進行醯亞胺化的情況下的醯亞胺化觸媒。 Other low-molecular compounds include, for example: 1) a surfactant that meets the above-mentioned purpose when the coating property is desired to be improved; 2) an antistatic agent when the antistatic property must be improved; 3) a good adhesion to the substrate A silane coupling agent or a titanium-based coupling agent; 4) a fluorene imidization catalyst in the case of fluorene imidization at a low temperature.

矽烷偶合劑例如可列舉:乙烯基三甲氧基矽烷、乙烯基三乙氧基矽烷、N-(2-胺基乙基)-3-胺基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、N-(2-胺基乙基)-3-胺基丙基甲基三甲氧基矽烷、對胺基苯基三甲氧基矽烷、對胺基苯基三乙氧基矽烷、間胺基苯基三甲氧基矽烷、 間胺基苯基三乙氧基矽烷、3-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-胺基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、3-縮水甘油氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-縮水甘油氧基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、3-氯丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、3-氯丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-巰基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、N-(1,3-二甲基亞丁基)-3-(三乙氧基矽烷基)-1-丙基胺、以及N,N'-雙[3-(三甲氧基矽烷基)丙基]乙二胺。較佳的矽烷偶合劑為3-胺基丙基三乙氧基矽烷。 Examples of the silane coupling agent include vinyltrimethoxysilane, vinyltriethoxysilane, N- (2-aminoethyl) -3-aminopropylmethyldimethoxysilane, and N- ( (2-aminoethyl) -3-aminopropylmethyltrimethoxysilane, p-aminophenyltrimethoxysilane, p-aminophenyltriethoxysilane, m-aminophenyltrimethoxysilane Silane, M-aminophenyltriethoxysilane, 3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-aminopropyltriethoxysilane, 3-glycidyloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-glycidyl Glyceryloxypropylmethyldimethoxysilane, 3-chloropropylmethyldimethoxysilane, 3-chloropropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-methacryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane , 3-mercaptopropyltrimethoxysilane, N- (1,3-dimethylbutylene) -3- (triethoxysilyl) -1-propylamine, and N, N'-bis [ 3- (trimethoxysilyl) propyl] ethylenediamine. A preferred silane coupling agent is 3-aminopropyltriethoxysilane.

醯亞胺化觸媒例如可列舉:三甲基胺、三乙基胺、三丙基胺、三丁基胺等脂肪族胺類;N,N-二甲基苯胺、N,N-二乙基苯胺、經甲基取代的苯胺、經羥基取代的苯胺等芳香族胺類;吡啶、經甲基取代的吡啶、經羥基取代的吡啶、喹啉、經甲基取代的喹啉、經羥基取代的喹啉、異喹啉、經甲基取代的異喹啉、經羥基取代的異喹啉、咪唑、經甲基取代的咪唑、經羥基取代的咪唑等環式胺類。所述醯亞胺化觸媒較佳為:選自N,N-二甲基苯胺、鄰羥基苯胺、間羥基苯胺、對羥基苯胺、鄰羥基吡啶、間羥基吡啶、對羥基吡啶、以及異喹啉中的一種或兩種以上。 Examples of the imidization catalyst include aliphatic amines such as trimethylamine, triethylamine, tripropylamine, and tributylamine; N, N-dimethylaniline, N, N-diethyl Aromatic amines such as aniline, methyl-substituted aniline, hydroxy-substituted aniline; pyridine, methyl-substituted pyridine, hydroxyl-substituted pyridine, quinoline, methyl-substituted quinoline, hydroxyl-substituted Cyclic amines such as quinoline, isoquinoline, methyl-substituted isoquinoline, hydroxy-substituted isoquinoline, imidazole, methyl-substituted imidazole, and hydroxyl-substituted imidazole. The amidine imidization catalyst is preferably selected from the group consisting of N, N-dimethylaniline, o-hydroxyaniline, m-hydroxyaniline, p-hydroxyaniline, o-hydroxypyridine, m-hydroxypyridine, p-hydroxypyridine, and isoquine One or two or more of them.

矽烷偶合劑的添加量通常為聚醯胺酸或其衍生物的總重量的0重量%~20重量%,較佳為0.1重量%~10重量%。 The addition amount of the silane coupling agent is usually 0% to 20% by weight, and preferably 0.1% to 10% by weight, based on the total weight of the polyamic acid or its derivative.

通常,相對於聚醯胺酸或其衍生物的羰基,醯亞胺化觸媒的添加量為0.01當量~5當量,較佳為0.05當量~3當量。 Generally, the addition amount of the fluorene imidization catalyst is 0.01 equivalent to 5 equivalents, and preferably 0.05 equivalent to 3 equivalents relative to the carbonyl group of the polyamic acid or its derivative.

其他的添加劑的添加量根據其用途而不同,通常為聚醯胺酸或其衍生物的總重量的0重量%~100重量%,較佳為0.1重 量%~50重量%。 The amount of other additives to be added varies depending on the purpose, but it is usually 0% to 100% by weight, preferably 0.1% by weight, based on the total weight of the polyamic acid or its derivative. Amount% ~ 50% by weight.

本發明的聚醯胺酸或其衍生物可以與用於形成聚醯亞胺的膜的公知聚醯胺酸或其衍生物相同的方式來製造。四羧酸二酐的總加入量較佳為設為與二胺的總莫耳數大致為等莫耳(莫耳比為0.9~1.1左右)。 The polyamic acid or a derivative thereof of the present invention can be produced in the same manner as a known polyamino acid or a derivative thereof for forming a film of a polyimide. The total added amount of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride is preferably set to be approximately equal to the total molar number of the diamine (the molar ratio is about 0.9 to 1.1).

本發明的液晶配向劑中所含的聚醯胺酸或其衍生物的分子量以聚苯乙烯換算的重量平均分子量(Mw)計,較佳為7,000~500,000,更佳為10,000~200,000。所述聚醯胺酸或其衍生物的分子量可藉由凝膠滲透層析法(Gel Permeation Chromatography,GPC)的測定來求出。 The molecular weight of the polyamidic acid or its derivative contained in the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention is preferably 7,000 to 500,000, more preferably 10,000 to 200,000 in terms of polystyrene equivalent weight average molecular weight (Mw). The molecular weight of the said polyamic acid or its derivative can be calculated | required by the measurement of Gel Permeation Chromatography (GPC).

本發明的聚醯胺酸或其衍生物可藉由利用紅外線(infrared,IR)、核磁共振(Nuclear Magnetic Resonance,NMR),對利用大量貧溶劑使其沈澱而獲得的固體成分進行分析來確認其存在。另外,可藉由利用氣相層析(Gas Chromatography,GC)、高效液相層析(High Performance Liquid Chromatography,HPLC)或者氣相層析-質譜法(Gas Chromatography Mass Spectrometry,GC-MS),對利用KOH或NaOH等強鹼的水溶液的、所述聚醯胺酸或其衍生物的分解物的利用有機溶劑而得的萃取物進行分析,來確認所使用的單體。 The polyamidic acid or its derivative of the present invention can be confirmed by analyzing the solid content obtained by precipitating with a large amount of a poor solvent by using infrared (IR) or nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR). presence. In addition, by using Gas Chromatography (GC), High Performance Liquid Chromatography (HPLC) or Gas Chromatography Mass Spectrometry (GC-MS), The monomer used was confirmed by analyzing an extract obtained from an organic solvent with an aqueous solution of a strong base such as KOH or NaOH, and a decomposition product of the polyamic acid or its derivative.

本發明的配向劑中的聚醯胺酸的濃度較佳為為0.1重量%~40重量%。將該配向劑塗佈於基板上時,為了調整膜厚,有時需要預先利用溶劑將所含有的聚醯胺酸進行稀釋的操作。 The concentration of the polyamidic acid in the alignment agent of the present invention is preferably 0.1% to 40% by weight. When this alignment agent is applied to a substrate, in order to adjust the film thickness, an operation of diluting the polyamic acid contained in the solvent may be required in advance.

本發明的配向劑中的固體成分濃度並無特別限定,只要根據下述各種塗佈法來選擇最佳的值即可。通常,為了抑制塗佈時的不均或針孔等,相對於清漆重量,較佳為0.1重量%~30重量%,更佳為1重量%~10重量%。 The concentration of the solid content in the alignment agent of the present invention is not particularly limited, as long as the optimum value is selected in accordance with various coating methods described below. In general, in order to suppress unevenness, pinholes, and the like during coating, it is preferably 0.1% to 30% by weight, and more preferably 1% to 10% by weight relative to the weight of the varnish.

根據塗佈方法、聚醯胺酸或其衍生物的濃度、所使用的聚醯胺酸或其衍生物的種類、溶劑的種類及比例,本發明的液晶配向劑的黏度的較佳範圍不同。於使用作為本發明的主題的噴墨塗佈裝置來塗佈的情況下,較佳為5mPa.s~50mPa.s。為了獲得充分的膜厚,較佳為5mPa.s以上,為了不產生印刷不均,較佳為50mPa.s以下。更佳為5mPa.s~20mPa.s的範圍。於利用除此以外的方法來塗佈的情況下,例如於利用印刷機進行塗佈的情況下為5mPa.s~100mPa.s(更佳為10mPa.s~80mPa.s)。於藉由旋轉塗佈來塗佈的情況下較佳為5mPa.s~200mPa.s(更佳為10mPa.s~100mPa.s)。液晶配向劑的黏度是利用旋轉黏度測定法來測定,例如使用旋轉黏度計(東機產業製造的TVE-20L型)來測定(測定溫度:25℃)。 The preferable range of the viscosity of the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention varies depending on the coating method, the concentration of the polyamic acid or its derivative, the type of the polyamino acid or its derivative used, the type and ratio of the solvent. In the case of coating using the inkjet coating device which is the subject of the present invention, it is preferably 5 mPa. s ~ 50mPa. s. In order to obtain a sufficient film thickness, it is preferably 5 mPa. Above s, in order not to cause uneven printing, 50 mPa is preferred. s or less. More preferably, it is 5mPa. s ~ 20mPa. The range of s. In the case of coating by other methods, for example, 5 mPa in the case of coating by a printer. s ~ 100mPa. s (more preferably 10 mPa.s to 80 mPa.s). In the case of coating by spin coating, it is preferably 5 mPa. s ~ 200mPa. s (more preferably 10 mPa.s to 100 mPa.s). The viscosity of the liquid crystal alignment agent is measured by a rotational viscosity measurement method, for example, using a rotational viscosity meter (TVE-20L type manufactured by Toki Sangyo) to measure (measurement temperature: 25 ° C).

對本發明的液晶配向膜進行詳細說明。本發明的液晶配向膜是藉由對所述本發明的液晶配向劑的塗佈膜進行加熱而形成的膜。本發明的液晶配向膜可利用由液晶配向劑來製作液晶配向膜的通常方法而獲得。例如本發明的液晶配向膜可藉由經過形成本發明的液晶配向劑的塗膜的步驟、進行加熱乾燥的步驟、以及進行加熱煅燒的步驟而獲得。對於本發明的液晶配向膜,視需要 亦可如後所述,對經過加熱乾燥步驟、加熱煅燒步驟而獲得的膜進行摩擦處理而賦予各向異性。或者,視需要亦可於塗膜步驟、加熱乾燥步驟之後照射光,或者於加熱煅燒步驟之後照射光而賦予各向異性。另外,亦可作為未進行摩擦處理的VA用液晶配向膜來使用。 The liquid crystal alignment film of the present invention will be described in detail. The liquid crystal alignment film of the present invention is a film formed by heating the coating film of the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention. The liquid crystal alignment film of the present invention can be obtained by a general method for producing a liquid crystal alignment film from a liquid crystal alignment agent. For example, the liquid crystal alignment film of the present invention can be obtained by a step of forming a coating film of the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention, a step of heating and drying, and a step of heating and calcining. For the liquid crystal alignment film of the present invention, as needed As described later, the film obtained through the heat drying step and the heat calcination step may be subjected to a rubbing treatment to impart anisotropy. Alternatively, if necessary, anisotropy may be imparted by irradiating light after the coating step, heating and drying step, or irradiating light after the heating and calcining step. It can also be used as a liquid crystal alignment film for VA that has not been subjected to a rubbing treatment.

塗佈膜可藉由以與通常的液晶配向膜的製作相同的方式,於液晶顯示元件中的基板上塗佈本發明的液晶配向劑而形成。基板中可列舉亦可設置有氧化銦錫(Indium Tin Oxide,ITO)、氧化銦鋅(In2O3-ZnO,IZO)、氧化銦鎵鋅(In-Ga-ZnO4,IGZO)電極等電極或彩色濾光片等的玻璃製基板。 The coating film can be formed by coating the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention on a substrate in a liquid crystal display element in the same manner as in the production of a normal liquid crystal alignment film. The substrate may include electrodes such as indium tin oxide (ITO), indium zinc oxide (In 2 O 3 -ZnO, IZO), and indium gallium zinc oxide (In-Ga-ZnO 4 , IGZO) electrodes. Or glass substrates such as color filters.

將液晶配向劑塗佈於基板上的方法較佳為噴墨法,除此以外,旋轉器法、印刷法、浸漬法、滴加法等通常已知的方法亦同樣可應用。 The method of applying the liquid crystal alignment agent to the substrate is preferably an inkjet method. In addition, generally known methods such as a spinner method, a printing method, a dipping method, and a dropping method can also be applied.

加熱乾燥步驟通常已知於烘箱或紅外爐中進行加熱處理的方法、於加熱板上進行加熱處理的方法等。加熱乾燥步驟較佳為於溶劑可蒸發的範圍內的溫度下實施,更佳為於相對於加熱煅燒步驟中的溫度而言比較低的溫度下實施。具體而言,加熱乾燥溫度較佳為30℃~150℃的範圍,尤佳為50℃~120℃的範圍。 The heating and drying step is generally known as a method of performing a heat treatment in an oven or an infrared oven, a method of performing a heat treatment on a hot plate, and the like. The heat-drying step is preferably performed at a temperature within a range in which the solvent can be evaporated, and more preferably, it is performed at a temperature that is relatively low relative to the temperature in the heat-calcination step. Specifically, the heating and drying temperature is preferably in a range of 30 ° C to 150 ° C, and particularly preferably in a range of 50 ° C to 120 ° C.

加熱煅燒步驟可於為了使所述聚醯胺酸或其衍生物呈現出脫水.閉環反應而必需的條件下進行。所述塗膜的煅燒通常已知於烘箱或紅外爐中進行加熱處理的方法、於加熱板上進行加熱處理的方法等。該些方法亦可同樣地應用於本發明中。通常較佳 為於100℃~300℃左右的溫度下進行1分鐘~3小時,更佳為120℃~280℃,尤佳為150℃~250℃。 The heating and calcining step can be used to make the polyamidic acid or its derivative appear dehydrated. The ring closure reaction is carried out under the conditions necessary. The firing of the coating film is generally known as a method of performing a heat treatment in an oven or an infrared furnace, a method of performing a heat treatment on a hot plate, and the like. These methods can be similarly applied to the present invention. Usually better It is performed at a temperature of about 100 ° C to 300 ° C for 1 minute to 3 hours, more preferably 120 ° C to 280 ° C, and even more preferably 150 ° C to 250 ° C.

本發明的液晶配向膜的形成方法中,為了使液晶相對於水平及/或垂直方向而在一個方向上配向,對配向膜賦予各向異性的方法可適合使用摩擦法或光配向法等公知的形成方法。 In the method for forming a liquid crystal alignment film of the present invention, in order to align liquid crystals in one direction with respect to a horizontal and / or vertical direction, a method for imparting anisotropy to the alignment film may be a known method such as a rubbing method or an optical alignment method. Formation method.

使用摩擦法的本發明的液晶配向膜可經過將本發明的液晶配向劑塗佈於基板上的步驟、對塗佈有配向劑的基板進行加熱乾燥的步驟、對該膜進行加熱煅燒的步驟、以及對膜進行摩擦處理的步驟而形成。 The liquid crystal alignment film of the present invention using a rubbing method may be subjected to a step of applying the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention to a substrate, a step of heating and drying the substrate coated with the alignment agent, a step of heating and calcining the film, And a step of rubbing the film.

摩擦處理可以與通常的用於進行液晶配向膜的配向處理的摩擦處理相同的方式來進行,只要是於本發明的液晶配向膜中獲得充分的延遲的條件即可。較佳的條件為:毛壓入量為0.2mm~0.8mm,平台移動速度為5mm/sec~250mm/sec,輥旋轉速度為500rpm~2,000rpm。 The rubbing treatment can be performed in the same manner as the rubbing treatment generally used for performing the alignment treatment of the liquid crystal alignment film, as long as it is a condition for obtaining a sufficient delay in the liquid crystal alignment film of the present invention. The preferred conditions are: a gross press-in amount of 0.2 mm to 0.8 mm, a platform moving speed of 5 mm / sec to 250 mm / sec, and a roller rotation speed of 500 rpm to 2,000 rpm.

對於利用光配向法的本發明的液晶配向膜的形成方法進行詳細說明。使用光配向法的本發明的液晶配向膜可於對塗佈膜進行加熱乾燥後,藉由照射放射線的直線偏光或無偏光而對塗佈膜賦予各向異性,且藉由對該膜進行加熱煅燒而形成。或者,將塗佈膜進行加熱乾燥、加熱煅燒後,可藉由照射放射線的直線偏光或者無偏光而形成。就配向性的方面而言,放射線的照射步驟較佳為於加熱煅燒步驟前進行。 A method for forming a liquid crystal alignment film of the present invention using a photo-alignment method will be described in detail. After the liquid crystal alignment film of the present invention using the photo-alignment method is heated and dried, the coating film can be anisotropic by being irradiated with linearly polarized light or no polarized light, and the film can be heated. Formed by calcination. Alternatively, the coating film may be formed by heat-drying and heat-calcining, and may be irradiated with linearly polarized light or non-polarized light. In terms of alignment, the radiation irradiation step is preferably performed before the heating and calcining step.

進而,為了提高液晶配向膜的液晶配向能力,亦可一邊 對塗佈膜進行加熱,一邊照射放射線的直線偏光或者無偏光。放射線的照射可藉由對塗佈膜進行加熱乾燥的步驟、或者進行加熱煅燒的步驟來進行,亦可於加熱乾燥步驟與加熱煅燒步驟之間進行。該步驟中的加熱乾燥溫度較佳為30℃~150℃的範圍,尤佳為50℃~120℃的範圍。另外,該步驟中的加熱煅燒溫度較佳為30℃~300℃的範圍,尤佳為50℃~250℃的範圍。 Furthermore, in order to improve the liquid crystal alignment ability of the liquid crystal alignment film, The coating film is heated while being irradiated with linearly polarized light or non-polarized light. The radiation may be performed by a step of heating and drying the coating film or a step of heating and calcining, or may be performed between the step of heating and drying and the step of heating and calcining. The heating and drying temperature in this step is preferably in a range of 30 ° C to 150 ° C, and more preferably in a range of 50 ° C to 120 ° C. The heating and calcining temperature in this step is preferably in the range of 30 ° C to 300 ° C, and more preferably in the range of 50 ° C to 250 ° C.

作為放射線,例如可使用包含150nm~800nm波長的光的紫外線或者可見光,較佳為包含300nm~400nm的光的紫外線。另外,可使用直線偏光或者無偏光。該些光只要是可對所述塗佈膜賦予液晶配向能力的光,則並無特別限定,於欲對液晶表現出強的配向控制力的情況下,較佳為直線偏光。 As the radiation, for example, ultraviolet rays or visible light including light having a wavelength of 150 nm to 800 nm can be used, and ultraviolet rays including light having a wavelength of 300 nm to 400 nm are preferably used. In addition, linearly polarized or unpolarized light can be used. The light is not particularly limited as long as it can impart liquid crystal alignment ability to the coating film, and when it is intended to exhibit strong alignment control power to the liquid crystal, linearly polarized light is preferred.

本發明的液晶配向膜於低能量的光照射中亦可顯示出高的液晶配向能力。所述放射線照射步驟中的直線偏光的照射量較佳為0.05J/cm2~20J/cm2,更佳為0.5J/cm2~10J/cm2。另外,直線偏光的波長較佳為200nm~400nm,更佳為300nm~400nm。直線偏光對於膜表面的照射角度並無特別限定,於欲使其表現出對液晶的強的配向控制力的情況下,就配向處理時間縮短的觀點而言,較佳為相對於膜表面而盡可能垂直。另外,本發明的液晶配向膜可藉由照射直線偏光,而於相對於直線偏光的偏光方向而垂直的方向上使液晶配向。 The liquid crystal alignment film of the present invention can also exhibit high liquid crystal alignment ability under low energy light irradiation. The amount of irradiation of linearly polarized radiation irradiation step is preferably 0.05J / cm 2 ~ 20J / cm 2, more preferably 0.5J / cm 2 ~ 10J / cm 2. The wavelength of the linearly polarized light is preferably 200 nm to 400 nm, and more preferably 300 nm to 400 nm. The linearly polarized light has no particular limitation on the irradiation angle of the film surface. When it is intended to exhibit strong alignment control of the liquid crystal, from the viewpoint of shortening the alignment processing time, it is preferable that May be vertical. In addition, the liquid crystal alignment film of the present invention can align the liquid crystal in a direction perpendicular to the polarization direction of the linearly polarized light by irradiating the linearly polarized light.

於欲表現出預傾角的情況下,對所述膜照射的光與所述同樣地,可為直線偏光,亦可為無偏光。於欲表現出預傾角的情 況下,對所述膜照射的光的照射量較佳為0.05J/cm2~20J/cm2,特佳為0.5J/cm2~10J/cm2,其波長較佳為250nm~400nm,特佳為300nm~380nm。於欲表現出預傾角的情況下,對所述膜照射的光對於所述膜表面的照射角度並無特別限定,就配向處理時間縮短的觀點而言,較佳為30度~60度。 When the pretilt angle is to be expressed, the light irradiated to the film may be linearly polarized light or non-polarized light as described above. In the case where a pretilt angle is to be exhibited, the irradiation amount of light irradiated to the film is preferably 0.05 J / cm 2 to 20 J / cm 2 , particularly preferably 0.5 J / cm 2 to 10 J / cm 2 , and its wavelength It is preferably 250 nm to 400 nm, and particularly preferably 300 nm to 380 nm. In the case where the pretilt angle is to be expressed, the irradiation angle of the light irradiated to the film on the surface of the film is not particularly limited, and from the viewpoint of shortening the alignment processing time, it is preferably 30 degrees to 60 degrees.

照射放射線的直線偏光或者無偏光的步驟中使用的光源中可無限制地使用:超高壓水銀燈、高壓水銀燈、低壓水銀燈、深紫外線(Deep UV)燈、鹵素燈、金屬鹵化物燈、高功率金屬鹵化物燈、氙燈、水銀氙燈、準分子燈、KrF準分子雷射、螢光燈、發光二極體(light emitting diode,LED)燈、鈉燈、微波激發無電極燈等。 The light source used in the step of radiating linearly polarized light or unpolarized light can be used without limitation: ultra-high pressure mercury lamp, high pressure mercury lamp, low pressure mercury lamp, deep ultraviolet lamp, halogen lamp, metal halide lamp, high power metal Halide lamp, xenon lamp, mercury xenon lamp, excimer lamp, KrF excimer laser, fluorescent lamp, light emitting diode (LED) lamp, sodium lamp, microwave excitation electrodeless lamp, etc.

本發明的液晶配向膜是利用更包含所述步驟以外的其他步驟的方法而適當獲得。例如,本發明的液晶配向膜雖不需要利用洗滌液對煅燒或放射線照射後的膜進行洗滌的步驟,但可出於其他步驟的考慮而設置洗滌步驟。 The liquid crystal alignment film of the present invention is appropriately obtained by a method including steps other than the above steps. For example, although the liquid crystal alignment film of the present invention does not require a step of washing the film after calcined or irradiated with a washing liquid, a washing step may be provided for consideration of other steps.

利用洗滌液的洗滌方法可列舉:刷洗、噴射噴霧(jet spray)、蒸氣洗滌或者超音波洗滌等。該些方法可單獨進行,亦可併用。洗滌液可使用:純水,或者甲醇、乙醇、異丙醇等各種醇類,苯、甲苯、二甲苯等芳香族烴類,二氯甲烷等鹵素系溶劑,丙酮、甲基乙基酮等酮類,但並不限定於該些。當然,該些洗滌液是使用經充分純化的雜質少的洗滌液。此種洗滌方法亦可應用於本發明的液晶配向膜的形成中的所述洗滌步驟。 Examples of the washing method using a washing liquid include brush washing, jet spray, steam washing, and ultrasonic washing. These methods can be performed individually or in combination. Washing liquid can be used: pure water, or various alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, isopropanol, aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene, xylene, halogen solvents such as dichloromethane, ketones such as acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, etc. Classes, but not limited to those. Of course, these washing liquids are those which have been sufficiently purified and have few impurities. Such a washing method can also be applied to the washing step in the formation of the liquid crystal alignment film of the present invention.

為了提高本發明的液晶配向膜的液晶配向能力,可於加熱煅燒步驟的前後,摩擦步驟的前後,或者偏光或無偏光的放射線照射的前後,使用利用熱或光的退火處理。該退火處理中,退火溫度為30℃~180℃,較佳為50℃~150℃,時間較佳為1分鐘~2小時。另外,退火處理中使用的退火光中可列舉UV燈、螢光燈、LED燈等。光的照射量較佳為0.3J/cm2~10J/cm2In order to improve the liquid crystal alignment ability of the liquid crystal alignment film of the present invention, an annealing treatment using heat or light may be used before and after the heating and calcining step, before and after the rubbing step, or before and after irradiation with polarized or unpolarized radiation. In this annealing treatment, the annealing temperature is 30 ° C to 180 ° C, preferably 50 ° C to 150 ° C, and the time is preferably 1 minute to 2 hours. Examples of the annealing light used in the annealing process include UV lamps, fluorescent lamps, and LED lamps. Light irradiation amount is preferably 0.3J / cm 2 ~ 10J / cm 2.

本發明的液晶配向膜的膜厚並無特別限定,較佳為10nm~300nm,更佳為30nm~150nm。本發明的液晶配向膜的膜厚可利用輪廓儀或橢圓偏振計等公知的膜厚測定裝置來測定。 The thickness of the liquid crystal alignment film of the present invention is not particularly limited, but is preferably 10 nm to 300 nm, and more preferably 30 nm to 150 nm. The film thickness of the liquid crystal alignment film of the present invention can be measured by a known film thickness measuring device such as a profiler or an ellipsometer.

本發明的液晶配向膜的特徵在於具有特別大的配向的各向異性。如上所述的各向異性的大小可利用日本專利特開2005-275364等中記載的使用偏光IR的方法來評價。另外,亦可如以下的實施例中所示,藉由使用橢圓偏光法的方法來評價。詳細而言,可利用分光橢圓偏振計來測定液晶配向膜的延遲值。膜的延遲值與聚合物主鏈的配向度成比例而變大。即認為,具有大的延遲值的膜具有大的配向度,於用作液晶配向膜的情況下,具有更大的各向異性的配向膜對液晶組成物具有大的配向控制力。 The liquid crystal alignment film of the present invention is characterized by having a particularly large alignment anisotropy. The magnitude of the anisotropy as described above can be evaluated by a method using polarized IR described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2005-275364 and the like. In addition, as shown in the following examples, evaluation can also be performed by a method using an elliptically polarized method. Specifically, the retardation value of the liquid crystal alignment film can be measured using a spectroscopic ellipsometer. The retardation value of the film increases in proportion to the degree of alignment of the polymer backbone. That is, it is considered that a film having a large retardation value has a large degree of alignment, and when used as a liquid crystal alignment film, an alignment film having greater anisotropy has a large alignment control force on a liquid crystal composition.

本發明的液晶配向膜除了用於液晶顯示器用的液晶組成物的配向用途以外,亦可用於光學補償材料或其他所有的液晶材料的配向控制。另外,本發明的配向膜由於具有大的各向異性,故而可單獨地用於光學補償材料用途。 The liquid crystal alignment film of the present invention can be used for alignment control of an optical compensation material or all other liquid crystal materials in addition to the alignment application of a liquid crystal composition for a liquid crystal display. In addition, since the alignment film of the present invention has a large anisotropy, it can be used alone as an optical compensation material.

對本發明的液晶顯示元件進行詳細說明。 The liquid crystal display element of the present invention will be described in detail.

本發明提供一種液晶顯示元件,其包括:對向配置的一對基板、形成於所述一對基板各自的對向面的一者或兩者上的電極、形成於所述一對基板各自的對向面上的液晶配向膜、以及形成於所述一對基板間的液晶層,並且所述液晶配向膜為本發明的配向膜。 The present invention provides a liquid crystal display element including a pair of substrates disposed opposite to each other, an electrode formed on one or both of the opposing surfaces of the pair of substrates, and an electrode formed on each of the pair of substrates. The liquid crystal alignment film on the facing surface and the liquid crystal layer formed between the pair of substrates, and the liquid crystal alignment film is an alignment film of the present invention.

電極只要是形成於基板的一面的電極,則並無特別限定。此種電極中例如可列舉ITO或金屬的蒸鍍膜等。另外,電極可形成於基板的其中一面的整個面上,例如可形成為經圖案化的所需形狀。電極的所述所需形狀中,例如可列舉梳型或者鋸齒(zigzag)結構等。電極可形成於一對基板中的其中一塊基板上,亦可形成於兩塊基板上。電極的形成形態根據液晶顯示元件的種類而不同,例如於IPS型液晶顯示元件的情況下,於所述一對基板的其中一塊上配置電極,於其他的液晶顯示元件的情況下,於所述一對基板的兩塊上配置電極。於所述基板或者電極上形成所述液晶配向膜。 The electrode is not particularly limited as long as it is an electrode formed on one surface of the substrate. Examples of such electrodes include ITO and a vapor-deposited film of a metal. In addition, the electrode may be formed on the entire surface of one surface of the substrate, and may be formed into a desired shape patterned, for example. Examples of the desired shape of the electrode include a comb type or a zigzag structure. The electrode may be formed on one of the pair of substrates, or may be formed on two substrates. The form of the electrodes varies depending on the type of the liquid crystal display element. For example, in the case of an IPS type liquid crystal display element, an electrode is arranged on one of the pair of substrates, and in the case of other liquid crystal display elements, the Electrodes are arranged on two pieces of a pair of substrates. The liquid crystal alignment film is formed on the substrate or the electrode.

液晶層是以藉由形成有液晶配向膜的面對向的所述一對基板來夾持液晶組成物的形式所形成。液晶層的形成中,可視需要使用微粒子或樹脂片等介於所述一對基板之間且形成適當間隔的間隔物。 The liquid crystal layer is formed in such a manner that a liquid crystal composition is sandwiched between the pair of substrates facing each other with a liquid crystal alignment film formed thereon. In the formation of the liquid crystal layer, a spacer such as fine particles or a resin sheet that is interposed between the pair of substrates and is formed at an appropriate interval may be used as necessary.

液晶組成物並無特別限制,可使用介電各向異性為正或負的各種液晶組成物。介電各向異性為正的較佳液晶組成物中可列舉:日本專利3086228、日本專利2635435、日本專利特表平 5-501735、日本專利特開平8-157826、日本專利特開平8-231960、日本專利特開平9-241644(EP885272A1)、日本專利特開平9-302346(EP806466A1)、日本專利特開平8-199168(EP722998A1)、日本專利特開平9-235552、日本專利特開平9-255956、日本專利特開平9-241643(EP885271A1)、日本專利特開平10-204016(EP844229A1)、日本專利特開平10-204436、日本專利特開平10-231482、日本專利特開2000-087040、日本專利特開2001-48822等中揭示的液晶組成物。 The liquid crystal composition is not particularly limited, and various liquid crystal compositions having a positive or negative dielectric anisotropy can be used. Among the preferred liquid crystal compositions with a positive dielectric anisotropy are: Japanese Patent 3086228, Japanese Patent 2635435, Japanese Patent Special Table Flat 5-501735, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 8-157826, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 8-231960, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 9-241644 (EP885272A1), Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 9-302346 (EP806466A1), Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 8-199168 ( EP722998A1), Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 9-235552, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 9-255956, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 9-241643 (EP885271A1), Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 10-204016 (EP844229A1), Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 10-204436, Japan The liquid crystal composition disclosed in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 10-231482, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2000-087040, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2001-48822, and the like.

於介電各向異性為正或負的液晶組成物中添加一種以上的光學活性化合物來使用亦無妨礙。 It does not matter if one or more optically active compounds are added to a liquid crystal composition having a dielectric anisotropy of positive or negative.

對介電各向異性為負的液晶組成物進行說明。負的介電各向異性的液晶組成物例如可列舉含有選自下述式(NL-1)所表示的液晶化合物的組群中的至少一種液晶化合物作為第一成分的組成物。 A liquid crystal composition having a negative dielectric anisotropy will be described. Examples of the negative dielectric anisotropic liquid crystal composition include a composition containing at least one liquid crystal compound selected from the group of liquid crystal compounds represented by the following formula (NL-1) as a first component.

Figure TWI676654B_D0267
Figure TWI676654B_D0267

此處,R1a及R2a獨立地為碳數1~12的烷基、碳數1~12的烷氧基、碳數2~12的烯基、或者至少一個氫經氟取代的碳數2~12的烯基,環A2及環B2獨立地為1,4-伸環己基、四氫吡喃-2,5- 二基、1,3-二噁烷-2,5-二基、1,4-伸苯基、2-氟-1,4-伸苯基、2,5-二氟-1,4-伸苯基、2,3-二氟-1,4-伸苯基、2-氟-3-氯-1,4-伸苯基、2,3-二氟-6-甲基-1,4-伸苯基、2,6-萘二基、或者7,8-二氟色原烷-2,6-二基,此處,環A2及環B2的至少一者為2,3-二氟-1,4-伸苯基、2-氟-3-氯-1,4-伸苯基、2,3-二氟-6-甲基-1,4-伸苯基、或者7,8-二氟色原烷-2,6-二基,Z1獨立地為單鍵、-(CH2)2-、-CH2O-、-COO-或-CF2O-,j為1、2或3,當j為2或3時,任意的兩個環A2可相同,亦可不同,任意的兩個Z1可相同,亦可不同。 Here, R 1a and R 2a are independently an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, or a carbon number 2 in which at least one hydrogen is replaced by fluorine. Alkenyl of ~ 12, ring A 2 and ring B 2 are independently 1,4-cyclohexyl, tetrahydropyran-2,5-diyl, 1,3-dioxane-2,5-diyl , 1,4-phenylene, 2-fluoro-1,4-phenylene, 2,5-difluoro-1,4-phenylene, 2,3-difluoro-1,4-phenylene , 2-fluoro-3-chloro-1,4-phenylene, 2,3-difluoro-6-methyl-1,4-phenylene, 2,6-naphthalenediyl, or 7,8- Difluorochroman-2,6-diyl, here, at least one of ring A 2 and ring B 2 is 2,3-difluoro-1,4-phenylene, 2-fluoro-3-chloro -1,4-phenylene, 2,3-difluoro-6-methyl-1,4-phenylene, or 7,8-difluorochromogen-2,6-diyl, Z 1 is independent Ground is a single bond,-(CH 2 ) 2- , -CH 2 O-, -COO- or -CF 2 O-, j is 1, 2 or 3, and when j is 2 or 3, any two rings A 2 may be the same or different, and any two Z 1 may be the same or different.

為了提高介電各向異性,較佳的環A2及環B2為2,3-二氟-1,4-伸苯基或者四氫吡喃-2,5-二基,為了降低黏度,較佳的環A2及環B2為1,4-伸環己基。 In order to improve the dielectric anisotropy, the preferred ring A 2 and ring B 2 are 2,3-difluoro-1,4-phenylene or tetrahydropyran-2,5-diyl. In order to reduce the viscosity, Preferred ring A 2 and ring B 2 are 1,4-cyclohexyl.

為了提高介電各向異性,較佳的Z1為-CH2O-,為了降低黏度,較佳的Z1為單鍵。 To increase the dielectric anisotropy, the preferred Z 1 is -CH 2 O-, and to reduce the viscosity, the preferred Z 1 is a single bond.

為了降低下限溫度,較佳的j為1,為了提高上限溫度,較佳的j為2。 In order to lower the lower limit temperature, the preferred j is 1, and in order to increase the upper limit temperature, the preferred j is 2.

所述式(NL-1)的液晶化合物的具體例可列舉下述式(NL-1-1)~式(NL-1-32)所表示的化合物。 Specific examples of the liquid crystal compound of the formula (NL-1) include compounds represented by the following formulae (NL-1-1) to (NL-1-32).

Figure TWI676654B_D0268
Figure TWI676654B_D0268

Figure TWI676654B_D0269
Figure TWI676654B_D0269

Figure TWI676654B_D0270
Figure TWI676654B_D0270

Figure TWI676654B_D0271
Figure TWI676654B_D0271

Figure TWI676654B_D0272
Figure TWI676654B_D0272

Figure TWI676654B_D0273
Figure TWI676654B_D0273

Figure TWI676654B_D0274
Figure TWI676654B_D0274

Figure TWI676654B_D0275
Figure TWI676654B_D0275

Figure TWI676654B_D0276
Figure TWI676654B_D0276

Figure TWI676654B_D0277
Figure TWI676654B_D0277

Figure TWI676654B_D0278
Figure TWI676654B_D0278

Figure TWI676654B_D0279
Figure TWI676654B_D0279

Figure TWI676654B_D0280
Figure TWI676654B_D0280

Figure TWI676654B_D0281
Figure TWI676654B_D0281

Figure TWI676654B_D0282
Figure TWI676654B_D0282

Figure TWI676654B_D0283
Figure TWI676654B_D0283

Figure TWI676654B_D0284
Figure TWI676654B_D0284

Figure TWI676654B_D0285
Figure TWI676654B_D0285

Figure TWI676654B_D0286
Figure TWI676654B_D0286

Figure TWI676654B_D0287
Figure TWI676654B_D0287

Figure TWI676654B_D0288
Figure TWI676654B_D0288

Figure TWI676654B_D0289
Figure TWI676654B_D0289

Figure TWI676654B_D0290
Figure TWI676654B_D0290

Figure TWI676654B_D0291
Figure TWI676654B_D0291

Figure TWI676654B_D0292
Figure TWI676654B_D0292

Figure TWI676654B_D0293
Figure TWI676654B_D0293

Figure TWI676654B_D0294
Figure TWI676654B_D0294

Figure TWI676654B_D0295
Figure TWI676654B_D0295

Figure TWI676654B_D0296
Figure TWI676654B_D0296

Figure TWI676654B_D0297
Figure TWI676654B_D0297

Figure TWI676654B_D0298
Figure TWI676654B_D0298

Figure TWI676654B_D0299
Figure TWI676654B_D0299

此處,R1a及R2a獨立地為碳數1~12的烷基、碳數1~12的烷氧基、碳數2~12的烯基、或者至少一個氫經氟取代的碳數2~12的烯基,環A21、環A22、環A23、環B21及環B22獨立地為1,4-伸環己基或1,4-伸苯基,Z11及Z12獨立地為單鍵、-(CH2)2-、-CH2O-或-COO-。 Here, R 1a and R 2a are independently an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, or a carbon number 2 in which at least one hydrogen is replaced by fluorine. Alkenyl of ~ 12, ring A 21 , ring A 22 , ring A 23 , ring B 21 and ring B 22 are independently 1,4-cyclohexyl or 1,4-phenylene, and Z 11 and Z 12 are independent Ground is a single bond,-(CH 2 ) 2- , -CH 2 O-, or -COO-.

為了提高對紫外線或熱的穩定性等,較佳的R1a及R2a為碳數1~12的烷基,或者為了提高介電各向異性的絕對值,較佳的R1a及R2a為碳數1~12的烷氧基。 In order to improve the stability to ultraviolet rays and heat, etc., preferred R 1a and R 2a are alkyl groups having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, or in order to increase the absolute value of dielectric anisotropy, preferred R 1a and R 2a are Alkoxy having 1 to 12 carbon atoms.

較佳的烷基為甲基、乙基、丙基、丁基、戊基、己基、庚基或辛基。為了降低黏度,尤佳的烷基為乙基、丙基、丁基、戊基或庚基。 Preferred alkyl groups are methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl or octyl. To reduce viscosity, particularly preferred alkyl groups are ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl or heptyl.

較佳的烷氧基為甲氧基、乙氧基、丙氧基、丁氧基、戊氧基、己氧基或庚氧基。為了降低黏度,尤佳的烷氧基為甲氧基或乙氧基。 Preferred alkoxy groups are methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, butoxy, pentoxy, hexyloxy or heptyloxy. To reduce viscosity, a particularly preferred alkoxy group is methoxy or ethoxy.

較佳的烯基為乙烯基、1-丙烯基、2-丙烯基、1-丁烯基、2-丁烯基、3-丁烯基、1-戊烯基、2-戊烯基、3-戊烯基、4-戊烯基、1-己烯基、2-己烯基、3-己烯基、4-己烯基或5-己烯基。為了降低黏度,尤佳的烯基為乙烯基、1-丙烯基、3-丁烯基或3-戊烯基。該些烯基中的-CH=CH-的較佳立體構型依存於雙鍵的位置。就為了降低黏度等而言,於如1-丙烯基、1-丁烯基、1-戊烯基、1-己烯基、 3-戊烯基、3-己烯基之類的烯基中較佳為反式構型。於如2-丁烯基、2-戊烯基、2-己烯基之類的烯基中較佳為順式構型。該些烯基中,直鏈的烯基優於分支的烯基。 Preferred alkenyl groups are vinyl, 1-propenyl, 2-propenyl, 1-butenyl, 2-butenyl, 3-butenyl, 1-pentenyl, 2-pentenyl, 3 -Pentenyl, 4-pentenyl, 1-hexenyl, 2-hexenyl, 3-hexenyl, 4-hexenyl or 5-hexenyl. To reduce viscosity, particularly preferred alkenyl is vinyl, 1-propenyl, 3-butenyl or 3-pentenyl. The preferred stereo configuration of -CH = CH- in these alkenyl groups depends on the position of the double bond. In order to reduce the viscosity, etc., such as 1-propenyl, 1-butenyl, 1-pentenyl, 1-hexenyl, Among the alkenyl groups such as 3-pentenyl and 3-hexenyl, the trans configuration is preferred. Among the alkenyl groups such as 2-butenyl, 2-pentenyl, and 2-hexenyl, the cis configuration is preferred. Among these alkenyl groups, linear alkenyl groups are superior to branched alkenyl groups.

至少一個氫經氟取代的烯基的較佳例為:2,2-二氟乙烯基、3,3-二氟-2-丙烯基、4,4-二氟-3-丁烯基、5,5-二氟-4-戊烯基及6,6-二氟-5-己烯基。為了降低黏度,尤佳例為2,2-二氟乙烯基及4,4-二氟-3-丁烯基。 Preferred examples of alkenyl in which at least one hydrogen is substituted by fluorine are: 2,2-difluorovinyl, 3,3-difluoro-2-propenyl, 4,4-difluoro-3-butenyl, 5 , 5-difluoro-4-pentenyl and 6,6-difluoro-5-hexenyl. In order to reduce the viscosity, particularly preferred examples are 2,2-difluorovinyl and 4,4-difluoro-3-butenyl.

為了降低黏度,較佳的環A21、環A22、環A23、環B21及環B22分別為1,4-伸環己基。 In order to reduce the viscosity, the preferred ring A 21 , ring A 22 , ring A 23 , ring B 21 and ring B 22 are 1,4-cyclohexyl, respectively.

為了提高介電各向異性,較佳的Z11及Z12為-CH2O-,為了降低黏度,較佳的Z11及Z12為單鍵。 In order to improve the dielectric anisotropy, the preferred Z 11 and Z 12 are -CH 2 O-. In order to reduce the viscosity, the preferred Z 11 and Z 12 are single bonds.

具有負的介電各向異性的液晶組成物的作為第一成分而較佳的化合物(NL-1)為化合物(NL-1-1)、化合物(NL-1-4)、化合物(NL-1-7)或化合物(NL-1-32)。 As the first component, the preferred compound (NL-1) of the liquid crystal composition having negative dielectric anisotropy is the compound (NL-1-1), the compound (NL-1-4), or the compound (NL- 1-7) or compound (NL-1-32).

具有負的介電各向異性的液晶組成物的較佳例可列舉:日本專利特開昭57-114532、日本專利特開平2-4725、日本專利特開平4-224885、日本專利特開平8-40953、日本專利特開平8-104869、日本專利特開平10-168076、日本專利特開平10-168453、日本專利特開平10-236989、日本專利特開平10-236990、日本專利特開平10-236992、日本專利特開平10-236993、日本專利特開平10-236994、日本專利特開平10-237000、日本專利特開平10-237004、日本專利特開平 10-237024、日本專利特開平10-237035、日本專利特開平10-237075、日本專利特開平10-237076、日本專利特開平10-237448(EP967261A1)、日本專利特開平10-287874、日本專利特開平10-287875、日本專利特開平10-291945、日本專利特開平11-029581、日本專利特開平11-080049、日本專利特開2000-256307、日本專利特開2001-019965、日本專利特開2001-072626、日本專利特開2001-192657、日本專利特開2010-037428、國際公開2011/024666、國際公開2010/072370、日本專利特表2010-537010、日本專利特開2012-077201、日本專利特開2009-084362等中揭示的液晶組成物。 Preferable examples of the liquid crystal composition having negative dielectric anisotropy include Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Sho 57-114532, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2-4725, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 4-224885, and Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 8- 40953, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 8-104869, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 10-168076, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 10-168453, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 10-236989, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 10-236990, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 10-236992, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 10-236993, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 10-236994, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 10-237000, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 10-237004, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 10-237024, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 10-237035, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 10-237075, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 10-237076, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 10-237448 (EP967261A1), Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 10-287874, Japanese Patent No. Kaiping 10-287875, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 10-291945, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 11-029581, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 11-080049, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2000-256307, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2001-019965, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2001 -072626, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2001-192657, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2010-037428, International Publication No. 2011/024666, International Publication No. 2010/072370, Japanese Patent No. 2010-537010, Japanese Patent No. 2012-077201, Japanese Patent No. The liquid crystal composition disclosed in 2009-084362 and the like.

另外,例如,就例如提高配向性的觀點而言,本發明的元件中使用的液晶組成物亦可進而添加添加物。此種添加物為:光聚合性單體、光學活性化合物、抗氧化劑、紫外線吸收劑、色素、消泡劑、聚合起始劑、聚合抑制劑等。 In addition, for example, from the viewpoint of improving the alignment, the liquid crystal composition used in the device of the present invention may be further added with an additive. Such additives include photopolymerizable monomers, optically active compounds, antioxidants, ultraviolet absorbers, pigments, defoamers, polymerization initiators, polymerization inhibitors, and the like.

出於改善液晶的配向性的目的,光聚合性單體或者寡聚物的最佳結構可列舉(PM-1-1)~(PM-1-6)的結構。 For the purpose of improving the alignment of the liquid crystal, the optimal structure of the photopolymerizable monomer or oligomer may include the structures of (PM-1-1) to (PM-1-6).

Figure TWI676654B_D0300
Figure TWI676654B_D0300

Figure TWI676654B_D0301
Figure TWI676654B_D0301

Figure TWI676654B_D0302
Figure TWI676654B_D0302

Figure TWI676654B_D0303
Figure TWI676654B_D0303

Figure TWI676654B_D0304
Figure TWI676654B_D0304

Figure TWI676654B_D0305
Figure TWI676654B_D0305

為了表現出決定聚合後的液晶的傾斜方向的效果,光聚合性單體或寡聚物較理想為0.01重量%以上。另外,為了使聚合後的聚合物的配向效果適當,或者為了於紫外線照射後避免未反應的單體或寡聚物溶出於液晶中,較理想為30重量%以下。 In order to exhibit the effect of determining the oblique direction of the liquid crystal after polymerization, the photopolymerizable monomer or oligomer is preferably 0.01% by weight or more. In addition, in order to make the alignment effect of the polymer after polymerization appropriate, or to prevent unreacted monomers or oligomers from dissolving in the liquid crystal after ultraviolet irradiation, it is preferably 30% by weight or less.

出於引起液晶的螺旋結構而賦予扭轉角的目的,將光學活性化合物混合於組成物中。此種化合物的例子為化合物(PAC-1-1)至化合物(PAC-1-4)。 An optically active compound is mixed in the composition for the purpose of giving a twist angle to the helical structure of the liquid crystal. Examples of such compounds are compound (PAC-1-1) to compound (PAC-1-4).

光學活性化合物的較佳比例為5重量%以下。尤佳的比例為0.01重量%至2重量%的範圍。 The preferable ratio of an optically active compound is 5 weight% or less. A particularly preferred ratio is in the range of 0.01% by weight to 2% by weight.

Figure TWI676654B_D0306
Figure TWI676654B_D0306

Figure TWI676654B_D0307
Figure TWI676654B_D0307

Figure TWI676654B_D0308
Figure TWI676654B_D0308

Figure TWI676654B_D0309
Figure TWI676654B_D0309

為了防止因大氣中的加熱而引起的比電阻的下降,或者為了於長時間使用元件後,不僅於室溫下,而且於高的溫度下亦維持大的電壓保持率,將抗氧化劑混合於液晶組成物中。 In order to prevent the decrease in specific resistance caused by heating in the atmosphere, or to maintain a large voltage holding ratio not only at room temperature but also at high temperatures after using the device for a long time, an antioxidant is mixed in the liquid crystal组合 物。 Composition.

Figure TWI676654B_D0310
Figure TWI676654B_D0310

抗氧化劑的較佳例是w為1至10的整數的化合物(AO-1)等。化合物(AO-1)中,較佳的w為1、3、5、7或9。尤佳的w為1或7。w為1的化合物(AO-1)由於揮發性大,故而於防止因大氣中的加熱而引起的比電阻的下降時有效。w為7 的化合物(AO-1)由於揮發性小,故而對於長時間使用元件後,不僅於室溫下,而且於高的溫度下亦維持大的電壓保持率而言有效。為了獲得所述效果,抗氧化劑的較佳比例為50ppm以上,為了不降低上限溫度,或者為了不提高下限溫度,抗氧化劑的較佳比例為600ppm以下。尤佳的比例為100ppm至300ppm的範圍。 Preferred examples of the antioxidant are compounds (AO-1) and the like in which w is an integer of 1 to 10. In compound (AO-1), preferable w is 1, 3, 5, 7, or 9. A particularly preferred w is 1 or 7. The compound (AO-1) in which w is 1 is effective in preventing a decrease in specific resistance due to heating in the atmosphere because of its high volatility. w is 7 Because of its low volatility, the compound (AO-1) is effective for maintaining a large voltage holding ratio not only at room temperature but also at high temperatures after long-term use of the device. In order to obtain the effect, a preferred ratio of the antioxidant is 50 ppm or more, and in order not to lower the upper limit temperature, or not to raise the lower limit temperature, the preferred ratio of the antioxidant is 600 ppm or less. A particularly preferred ratio is in the range of 100 ppm to 300 ppm.

紫外線吸收劑的較佳例為二苯甲酮衍生物、苯甲酸酯衍生物、三唑衍生物等。另外,如具有立體阻礙的胺之類的光穩定劑亦較佳。為了獲得所述效果,該些吸收劑或穩定劑的較佳比例為50ppm以上,為了不降低上限溫度,或者為了不提高下限溫度,該些吸收劑或穩定劑的較佳比例為10000ppm以下。尤佳的比例為100ppm至10000ppm的範圍。 Preferred examples of the ultraviolet absorber include benzophenone derivatives, benzoate derivatives, and triazole derivatives. In addition, a light stabilizer such as an amine having a steric hindrance is also preferable. In order to obtain the effect, the preferred ratio of these absorbers or stabilizers is 50 ppm or more. In order not to lower the upper limit temperature, or to not raise the lower limit temperature, the preferred ratio of these absorbers or stabilizers is 10,000 ppm or less. A particularly preferred ratio is in the range of 100 ppm to 10,000 ppm.

為了適合於賓主(Guest host,GH)模式的元件,將偶氮系色素、蒽醌系色素等的二色性色素(dichroic dye)混合於組成物中。色素的較佳比例為0.01重量%至10重量%的範圍。 In order to be suitable for an element of a guest host (GH) mode, a dichroic dye such as an azo pigment or an anthraquinone pigment is mixed in the composition. A preferable ratio of the pigment is in a range of 0.01% by weight to 10% by weight.

為了防止起泡,將二甲基矽酮油、甲基苯基矽酮油等消泡劑混合於組成物中。為了獲得所述效果,消泡劑的較佳比例為1ppm以上,為了防止顯示不良,消泡劑的較佳比例為1000ppm以下。尤佳的比例為1ppm至500ppm的範圍。 In order to prevent foaming, a defoamer such as dimethyl silicone oil and methylphenyl silicone oil is mixed in the composition. In order to obtain the above effect, a preferable ratio of the defoaming agent is 1 ppm or more, and in order to prevent display failure, a preferable ratio of the defoaming agent is 1000 ppm or less. A particularly preferred ratio is in the range of 1 ppm to 500 ppm.

為了適合於聚合物穩定配向(polymer sustained alignment,PSA)模式的元件,能夠將可聚合的化合物混合於組成物中。可聚合的化合物的較佳例為丙烯酸酯、甲基丙烯酸酯、乙烯基化合物、乙烯基氧基化合物、丙烯基醚、環氧化合物(氧 雜環丙烷、氧雜環丁烷)、乙烯基酮等具有可聚合的基團的化合物。特佳例為丙烯酸酯或者甲基丙烯酸酯的衍生物。所述化合物的例子為化合物(PM-2-1)至化合物(PM-2-9)。為了獲得所述效果,可聚合的化合物的較佳比例為約0.05重量%以上,為了防止顯示不良,可聚合的化合物的較佳比例為約10重量%以下。尤佳的比例為約0.1重量%至約2重量%的範圍。 In order to be suitable for a device having a polymer sustained alignment (PSA) mode, a polymerizable compound can be mixed into the composition. Preferred examples of the polymerizable compound are acrylate, methacrylate, vinyl compound, vinyloxy compound, propenyl ether, epoxy compound (oxygen Compounds having a polymerizable group such as heterocyclopropane, oxetane), and vinyl ketone. A particularly preferred example is a derivative of acrylate or methacrylate. Examples of the compound are the compound (PM-2-1) to the compound (PM-2-9). In order to obtain the effect, a preferable ratio of the polymerizable compound is about 0.05% by weight or more, and in order to prevent poor display, a preferable ratio of the polymerizable compound is about 10% by weight or less. A particularly preferred ratio is in the range of about 0.1% by weight to about 2% by weight.

Figure TWI676654B_D0311
Figure TWI676654B_D0311

Figure TWI676654B_D0312
Figure TWI676654B_D0312

Figure TWI676654B_D0313
Figure TWI676654B_D0313

Figure TWI676654B_D0314
Figure TWI676654B_D0314

Figure TWI676654B_D0315
Figure TWI676654B_D0315

Figure TWI676654B_D0316
Figure TWI676654B_D0316

Figure TWI676654B_D0317
Figure TWI676654B_D0317

Figure TWI676654B_D0318
Figure TWI676654B_D0318

Figure TWI676654B_D0319
Figure TWI676654B_D0319

此處,R3a、R4a、R5a、及R6a獨立地為丙烯醯基或者甲基丙烯醯基,R7a及R8a獨立地為氫、鹵素、或碳數1至10的烷基,Z13、Z14、Z15及Z16獨立地為單鍵或碳數1至12的伸烷基,至少一個-CH2-可由-O-或-CH=CH-所取代,s、t及u分別獨立地為0、1或2。 Here, R 3a , R 4a , R 5a , and R 6a are independently acrylfluorenyl or methacrylfluorenyl, and R 7a and R 8a are independently hydrogen, halogen, or an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, Z 13 , Z 14 , Z 15 and Z 16 are independently a single bond or an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, at least one -CH 2 -may be replaced by -O- or -CH = CH-, s, t and u are independently 0, 1, or 2.

作為對於容易產生自由基或離子而引發鏈聚合反應而言所必需的物質,可混合聚合起始劑。例如,作為光聚合起始劑的豔佳固(Irgacure)651(註冊商標)、豔佳固(Irgacure)184(註冊商標)、或者德牢固(Darocure)1173(註冊商標)(日本汽巴股份有限公司(Ciba Japan K.K.))適合於自由基聚合。可聚合的化合物較佳為以0.1重量%至5重量%的範圍包含光聚合起始劑。特佳為以1重量%至3重量%的範圍包含光聚合起始劑。 As a substance necessary for initiating a chain polymerization reaction easily by generating radicals or ions, a polymerization initiator may be mixed. For example, Irgacure 651 (registered trademark), Irgacure 184 (registered trademark), or Darocure 1173 (registered trademark) as a photopolymerization initiator (Japan Ciba Corporation Limited) (Ciba Japan KK) is suitable for free radical polymerization. The polymerizable compound preferably contains a photopolymerization initiator in a range of 0.1% to 5% by weight. Particularly preferably, the photopolymerization initiator is contained in a range of 1% to 3% by weight.

自由基聚合系中,出於與由聚合起始劑或單量體所產生的自由基快速地反應而變化為穩定的自由基或者中性的化合物,其結果為停止聚合反應的目的,可混合聚合抑制劑。聚合抑制劑在結構上分類為若干種。其中一者為三-對硝基苯基甲基、二-對氟苯基胺等之類的其自身穩定的自由基,且另一者為容易與聚合系中存在的自由基進行反應而變化為穩定的自由基者,硝基、亞硝基、胺基、多羥基化合物等為其代表。後者的代表可列舉對苯二酚、二甲氧基苯等。為了獲得所述效果,聚合抑制劑的較佳比例為5ppm以上,為了防止顯示的不良,聚合抑制劑的較佳比例為 1000ppm以下。尤佳的比例為5ppm至500ppm的範圍。 In the radical polymerization system, it can be mixed with the purpose of stopping the polymerization reaction for the purpose of stopping the polymerization reaction in order to rapidly react with a radical generated by a polymerization initiator or a monomer to change to a stable radical or a neutral compound. Polymerization inhibitor. The polymerization inhibitors are structurally classified into several types. One of them is a self-stable free radical such as tri-p-nitrophenylmethyl, di-p-fluorophenylamine, etc., and the other is changed by easily reacting with a radical existing in a polymerization system. For stable free radicals, nitro, nitroso, amine, and polyhydroxy compounds are represented. Representatives of the latter include hydroquinone and dimethoxybenzene. In order to obtain the above effect, a preferable ratio of the polymerization inhibitor is 5 ppm or more. In order to prevent poor display, a preferable ratio of the polymerization inhibitor is 1000ppm or less. A particularly preferred ratio is in the range of 5 ppm to 500 ppm.

[實施例] [Example]

以下,藉由實施例來對本發明進行說明。此外,實施例中使用的評價法以及化合物如下所述。 Hereinafter, the present invention will be described by way of examples. The evaluation methods and compounds used in the examples are as follows.

<評價法> <Evaluation method>

1.重量平均分子量(Mw) 1. Weight average molecular weight (Mw)

聚醯胺酸的重量平均分子量是使用2695分離模組(separation module).2414示差折射計(沃特斯(Waters)製造),利用GPC法來測定,藉由聚苯乙烯換算來求出。利用磷酸-二甲基甲醯胺(dimethylformamide,DMF)混合溶液(磷酸/DMF=0.6/100:重量比),以聚醯胺酸濃度成為約2重量%的方式將所獲得的聚醯胺酸進行稀釋。管柱是使用HSPgel RT MB-M(沃特斯(Waters)製造),將所述混合溶液作為展開劑,以管柱溫度為50℃、流速為0.40mL/min的條件進行測定。標準聚苯乙烯是使用東曹(Tosoh)(股)製造的TSK標準聚苯乙烯。 The weight average molecular weight of the polyamic acid was measured by a GPC method using a 2695 separation module. 2414 differential refractometer (manufactured by Waters), and was determined by polystyrene conversion. Using a mixed solution of phosphoric acid-dimethylformamide (DMF) (phosphoric acid / DMF = 0.6 / 100: weight ratio), the obtained polyamic acid was adjusted so that the polyamic acid concentration became about 2% by weight. Dilute. The column was measured using HSPgel RT MB-M (manufactured by Waters), the mixed solution was used as a developing agent, and the column temperature was 50 ° C. and the flow rate was 0.40 mL / min. The standard polystyrene is TSK standard polystyrene manufactured by Tosoh Corporation.

2.噴墨噴出性 2. Ink jetting

使用富士膠片迪麥提克斯(FUJIFILM Dimatix)公司製造的噴墨裝置DMP-2831,實施60分鐘的連續噴出。每隔42微秒,利用相機對監視器上映出的來自五個噴嘴的液滴噴出進行拍攝而確認。將如圖1所示大小一致的液滴可連續噴出60分鐘的液晶配向劑設為合格。將引起噴嘴堵塞,如圖2所示於噴嘴附近產生墨水積存(由噴嘴堵塞所引起的不噴出4),或者觀察到在傾斜方向上 噴出的現象(由噴嘴堵塞所引起的傾斜噴出5)的情況設為不合格。 The inkjet device DMP-2831 manufactured by Fujifilm Dimatix was used for continuous ejection for 60 minutes. Every 42 microseconds, a camera was used to take pictures of droplets ejected from five nozzles projected on the monitor, and confirmed. A liquid crystal alignment agent capable of continuously ejecting liquid droplets having a uniform size as shown in FIG. 1 for 60 minutes was considered acceptable. Will cause nozzle clogging, as shown in Figure 2, ink accumulation near the nozzle (no ejection caused by nozzle clogging 4), or oblique direction observed The case of the ejection phenomenon (inclined ejection 5 due to nozzle clogging) was regarded as unsatisfactory.

噴頭:DMC-11610(噴嘴數:16液滴10pL) Nozzle: DMC-11610 (Number of nozzles: 16 droplets 10pL)

噴頭溫度:28℃ Nozzle temperature: 28 ℃

施加電壓:22V Applied voltage: 22V

頻率:10kHz Frequency: 10kHz

3.噴墨印刷中的面內條紋不均以及邊緣的直線性 3. In-plane streak unevenness and edge linearity in inkjet printing

使用柯尼卡美能達(Konica Minolta)公司製造的噴墨裝置EB100XY100,來確認塗佈於帶有ITO的基板7上的配向膜(塗佈膜6)的面內觀察以及顯微鏡中的邊緣的不平整8。如圖3所示,將塗佈膜的邊緣的不平整為0.2mm以下的液晶配向劑設為合格。圖4中,邊緣的不平整為0.2mm以上,不合格。 The inkjet device EB100XY100 manufactured by Konica Minolta was used to confirm the in-plane observation of the alignment film (coating film 6) coated on the substrate 7 with ITO and the edge of the microscope. Level 8. As shown in FIG. 3, the liquid crystal alignment agent whose unevenness of the edge of the coating film was 0.2 mm or less was considered acceptable. In FIG. 4, the unevenness of the edge is 0.2 mm or more, which is unacceptable.

噴頭:KM512MH(噴嘴數:512液滴14pL) Nozzle: KM512MH (number of nozzles: 512 droplets 14pL)

噴頭溫度:25℃ Nozzle temperature: 25 ℃

施加電壓:19V Applied voltage: 19V

頻率:709Hz Frequency: 709Hz

解析度:360dpi Resolution: 360dpi

搬送速度:50mm/sec Transport speed: 50mm / sec

噴頭/玻璃基板間隔28mm Nozzle / glass substrate spacing 28mm

4.對比度 4.Contrast

後述液晶元件的對比度是使用亮度計(橫川(YOKOGAWA)3298F)來進行評價。於正交尼科耳(crossed Nicol)狀態的偏光顯微鏡下配置液晶顯示元件,使元件旋轉而固定為透過光強度、 即亮度成為最小的角度。將該狀態下的亮度的值作為「黑色亮度」。繼而對元件施加任意的矩形波電壓,將亮度變得最大的數值作為「白色亮度」。將該白色亮度/黑色亮度的值作為對比度。對比度小於2500時判斷為不良,2500以上時判斷為良,3000以上時判斷為最良。 The contrast of the liquid crystal element described later was evaluated using a luminance meter (YOKOGAWA 3298F). A liquid crystal display device is arranged under a crossed Nicol polarized light microscope, and the device is rotated and fixed to transmit light intensity, That is, the angle at which the brightness becomes the smallest. The value of the brightness in this state is referred to as "black brightness". Then, an arbitrary rectangular wave voltage is applied to the device, and the value at which the brightness is maximized is referred to as "white brightness". The value of this white brightness / black brightness is used as a contrast. When the contrast is less than 2500, it is judged as bad, when it is more than 2500, it is judged as good, and when it is 3000 or more, it is judged as best.

5.AC殘像測定 5.AC residual image determination

測定後述的液晶顯示元件的亮度-電壓特性(B-V特性)。將其作為應力施加前的亮度-電壓特性:B(before)。繼而,對元件施加4.5V、60Hz的交流20分鐘後,短路1秒,再次測定亮度-電壓特性(B-V特性)。將其作為應力施加後的亮度-電壓特性:B(after)。基於該些值,使用下述式(AC1)來估算亮度變化率ΔB(%)。 The brightness-voltage characteristics (B-V characteristics) of the liquid crystal display element described later were measured. Let this be a brightness-voltage characteristic before stress is applied: B (before). Next, after applying an AC of 4.5 V and 60 Hz to the device for 20 minutes, a short circuit was performed for 1 second, and the luminance-voltage characteristic (B-V characteristic) was measured again. This is the brightness-voltage characteristic after stress is applied: B (after). Based on these values, the luminance change rate ΔB (%) is estimated using the following formula (AC1).

ΔB(%)=[B(after)-B(before)]/B(before) (AC1) ΔB (%) = [B (after) -B (before)] / B (before) (AC1)

該些測定是以國際公開2000/43833號小冊子為參考來進行。可以說電壓0.75V下的ΔB(%)的值越小,越可抑制AC殘像的產生,較佳為3.0%以下。 These measurements were performed with reference to the pamphlet of International Publication 2000/43833. It can be said that the smaller the value of ΔB (%) at the voltage of 0.75V, the more the generation of AC afterimage can be suppressed, and it is preferably 3.0% or less.

將實施例中使用的聚合體的原料單體、溶劑以及添加劑示於以下。 The raw material monomers, solvents, and additives of the polymers used in the examples are shown below.

<四羧酸二酐> <Tetracarboxylic dianhydride>

(2):均苯四甲酸二酐 (2): pyromellitic dianhydride

(4):1,2,3,4-丁烷四羧酸二酐 (4): 1,2,3,4-butanetetracarboxylic dianhydride

(10):1,8-雙(3,4-二羧酸苯基)辛烷二酐 (10): 1,8-bis (3,4-dicarboxylic acid phenyl) octane dianhydride

(11):4,4'-氧雙鄰苯二甲酸酐 (11): 4,4'-oxybisphthalic anhydride

實施例中使用的化合物均為未經取代。 The compounds used in the examples are all unsubstituted.

<二胺> <Diamine>

DAAB:4,4'-二胺基偶氮苯(式(I-3)的化合物) DAAB: 4,4'-diaminoazobenzene (compound of formula (I-3))

DDE:4,4'-二胺基二苯基醚(式(D-2)的X為-O-的未經取代的化合物) DDE: 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether (unsubstituted compound where X of formula (D-2) is -O-)

APDA:4,4'-N,N'-雙(4-胺基苯基)哌嗪(式(D-3)的未經取代的化合物) APDA: 4,4'-N, N'-bis (4-aminophenyl) piperazine (unsubstituted compound of formula (D-3))

DDBU:4,4'-二胺基二苯基丁烷(式(D-2)的X為-(CH2)4-的未經取代的化合物) DDBU: 4,4'-diaminodiphenylbutane (unsubstituted compound where X of formula (D-2) is-(CH 2 ) 4- )

PDA:1,4-苯二胺(式(D-1)) PDA: 1,4-phenylenediamine (formula (D-1))

BABZP3:4,4'-((丙烷-1,3-二基雙(4,1-伸苯基))雙(亞甲基))二苯胺(式(D-4-3)) BABZP3: 4,4 '-((propane-1,3-diylbis (4,1-phenylene)) bis (methylene)) diphenylamine

<溶劑> <Solvent>

NMP:N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮 NMP: N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone

GBL:γ-丁內酯 GBL: γ-butyrolactone

BC:丁基溶纖劑 BC: butyl cellosolve

BP:1-丁氧基-2-丙醇 BP: 1-butoxy-2-propanol

EDM:二乙二醇乙基甲醚 EDM: Diethylene glycol ethyl methyl ether

DIBK:二異丁基酮 DIBK: Diisobutyl Ketone

DPE:二戊基醚 DPE: Dipentyl ether

BDM:二乙二醇丁基甲醚 BDM: Diethylene glycol butyl methyl ether

EDP:二乙二醇乙基丙醚 EDP: Diethylene glycol ethyl propyl ether

BDE:二乙二醇丁基乙醚 BDE: Diethylene glycol butyl ether

<添加劑> <Additives>

Add.1:1,3-雙(4,5-二氫-2-噁唑基)苯 Add.1: 1,3-bis (4,5-dihydro-2-oxazolyl) benzene

Add.2:2-(3,4-環氧基環己基)乙基三甲氧基矽烷 Add.2: 2- (3,4-epoxycyclohexyl) ethyltrimethoxysilane

<聚醯胺酸的合成> <Synthesis of Polyamic Acid>

[合成例A-1] [Synthesis example A-1]

於具備溫度計、攪拌機、原料投入加入口及氮氣導入口的200mL的褐色四口燒瓶中加入1.8434g的DAAB、0.2087g的DDBU、0.0259g的APDA及54.0g的脫水NMP,於乾燥氮氣流下攪拌溶解。繼而,加入3.9220g的式(10)的四羧酸二酐,進而加入20.0g的脫水NMP,於室溫下繼續攪拌24小時。於該反應溶液中添加20.0g的BP,獲得聚合物固體成分濃度為6重量%的聚醯胺酸溶液。將該聚醯胺酸溶液作為PA-1。PA-1中所含的聚醯胺酸的重量平均分子量為10,300。 In a 200 mL brown four-necked flask equipped with a thermometer, a stirrer, a raw material input port, and a nitrogen inlet port, 1.8434 g of DAAB, 0.2087 g of DDBU, 0.0259 g of APDA, and 54.0 g of dehydrated NMP were added, and the mixture was stirred and dissolved under a dry nitrogen stream . Then, 3.9220 g of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride of formula (10) was added, and 20.0 g of dehydrated NMP was further added, and stirring was continued at room temperature for 24 hours. 20.0 g of BP was added to the reaction solution to obtain a polyamidic acid solution having a polymer solid content concentration of 6% by weight. This polyamic acid solution was used as PA-1. The weight average molecular weight of the polyamidic acid contained in PA-1 was 10,300.

[合成例A-2~合成例A-4] [Synthesis example A-2 to Synthesis example A-4]

除了變更四羧酸二酐、二胺及溶劑組成以外,依據合成例A-1來製備聚合物固體成分濃度為6重量%的聚醯胺酸溶液(PA-2)~聚醯胺酸溶液(PA-4)。將原料及溶劑的組成與PA-1一併示於表1中。 In addition to changing the composition of tetracarboxylic dianhydride, diamine, and solvent, a polyamine solution (PA-2) to a polyamine solution (solid content of polymer: 6% by weight) was prepared according to Synthesis Example A-1. PA-4). Table 1 shows the composition of raw materials and solvents together with PA-1.

[合成例B-1] [Synthesis example B-1]

於具備溫度計、攪拌機、原料投入加入口及氮氣導入口的200mL的褐色四口燒瓶中,加入1.8321g的APDA、1.3670g的DDE、以及54.0g的脫水NMP,於乾燥氮氣流下攪拌溶解。繼而,加入1.0424g的式(2)的四羧酸二酐、1.7585g的式(4)的四羧酸二酐,進而加入20.0g的脫水NMP,於室溫下繼續攪拌24小時。於該反應溶液中添加20.0g的BP,獲得聚合物固體成分濃度為6重量%的聚醯胺酸溶液。將該聚醯胺酸溶液作為PB-1。PB-1中所含的聚醯胺酸的重量平均分子量為50,000。 In a 200 mL brown four-necked flask equipped with a thermometer, a stirrer, a raw material input port and a nitrogen inlet port, 1.8321 g of APDA, 1.3670 g of DDE, and 54.0 g of dehydrated NMP were added, and the mixture was stirred and dissolved under a dry nitrogen stream. Then, 1.0424 g of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride of the formula (2) and 1.7585 g of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride of the formula (4) were added, 20.0 g of dehydrated NMP was further added, and stirring was continued at room temperature for 24 hours. 20.0 g of BP was added to the reaction solution to obtain a polyamidic acid solution having a polymer solid content concentration of 6% by weight. This polyamidic acid solution was referred to as PB-1. The weight average molecular weight of the polyamidic acid contained in PB-1 was 50,000.

[合成例B-2~合成例B-6] [Synthesis example B-2 to Synthesis example B-6]

除了變更溶劑組成以外,依據合成例B-1來製備聚合物固體 成分濃度為6重量%的聚醯胺酸溶液(PB-2)~聚醯胺酸溶液(PB-6)。將原料及溶劑的組成與PB-1一併示於表2中。 A polymer solid was prepared according to Synthesis Example B-1 except that the solvent composition was changed. The concentration of the polyamidic acid solution (PB-2) to the polyamidic acid solution (PB-6) is 6% by weight. Table 2 shows the composition of raw materials and solvents together with PB-1.

<聚合物摻合> <Polymer Blend>

[合成例PC-1] [Synthesis example PC-1]

將[A]合成例A-1中製備的聚合物固體成分濃度為6重量%的聚醯胺酸溶液(PA-1)、與[B]合成例B-1中製備的聚合物固體成分濃度為6重量%的聚醯胺酸溶液(PB-1),以[A]/[B]=3.0/7.0(重量比)進行混合。將該混合溶液進而利用NMP/BP/GBL/EDM/BDM/DIBK的溶液進行稀釋,將聚合物固體成分濃度為4重量%的聚醯胺酸溶液作為PC-1。此時,稀釋中使用的溶劑的組成比(重量比)為:0.067g的NMP、2.667g的BP、13.60g的GBL、15.00g的EDM、1.00g的BDM、以及1.00g的 DIBK。 The polymer solid content concentration of the polymer solid content concentration prepared in [A] Synthesis Example A-1 was 6% by weight, and the polymer solid content concentration prepared in [B] Synthesis Example B-1 It is a 6 weight% polyamic acid solution (PB-1), and it mixes with [A] / [B] = 3.0 / 7.0 (weight ratio). This mixed solution was further diluted with a solution of NMP / BP / GBL / EDM / BDM / DIBK, and a polyamic acid solution having a polymer solid content concentration of 4% by weight was used as PC-1. At this time, the composition ratio (weight ratio) of the solvents used in the dilution is: 0.067 g of NMP, 2.667 g of BP, 13.60 g of GBL, 15.00 g of EDM, 1.00 g of BDM, and 1.00 g of DIBK.

[合成例PC-2~合成例PC-32] [Synthesis example PC-2 to Synthesis example PC-32]

將[A]選自聚醯胺酸溶液(PA-1)~聚醯胺酸溶液(PA-4)中的一種聚醯胺酸溶液、與[B]包含聚醯胺酸溶液(PB-1)~聚醯胺酸溶液(PB-6)的聚醯胺酸溶液,以重量比[A]/[B]進行混合,進而以聚合物固體成分濃度成為表3記載的重量%的方式,利用各種溶劑來實施稀釋,製備聚醯胺酸溶液(PC-1)~聚醯胺酸溶液(PC-32)。將聚醯胺酸溶液及溶劑的組成比與PC-1一併示於表3中。 [A] A polyamic acid solution selected from the polyamino acid solution (PA-1) to the polyamino acid solution (PA-4), and [B] containing a polyamino acid solution (PB-1 ) ~ Polyamino acid solution of polyamino acid solution (PB-6) was mixed at a weight ratio [A] / [B], and the polymer solid content concentration was used as the weight% described in Table 3, and was used Dilute with various solvents to prepare polyamidic acid solution (PC-1) to polyamidic acid solution (PC-32). Table 3 shows the composition ratios of the polyamic acid solution and the solvent together with PC-1.

[合成例PD-1] [Synthesis example PD-1]

於聚合物固體成分濃度為4重量%的聚醯胺酸溶液(PC-1)中,將添加劑(Add.1)以相對於聚合物重量而為15重量%的比例添加,且將添加劑(Add.2)以相對於聚合物重量而為10重量%的比例添加。將所獲得的聚醯胺酸溶液作為PD-1。 In a polyamic acid solution (PC-1) having a polymer solid content concentration of 4% by weight, an additive (Add.1) was added at a ratio of 15% by weight relative to the weight of the polymer, and the additive (Add .2) It is added in a proportion of 10% by weight based on the weight of the polymer. The obtained polyamic acid solution was used as PD-1.

[合成例PD-2] [Synthesis example PD-2]

於聚合物固體成分濃度為3.5重量%的聚醯胺酸溶液(PC-23)中,將添加劑(Add.1)以相對於聚合物重量而為15重量%的比例添加,且將添加劑(Add.2)以相對於聚合物重量而為10重量%的比例添加。將所獲得的聚醯胺酸溶液作為PD-2。 In a polyamic acid solution (PC-23) having a polymer solid content concentration of 3.5%, an additive (Add.1) was added at a ratio of 15% by weight relative to the weight of the polymer, and the additive (Add .2) It is added in a proportion of 10% by weight based on the weight of the polymer. The obtained polyamic acid solution was used as PD-2.

[合成例PD-3及合成例PD-4] [Synthesis Example PD-3 and Synthesis Example PD-4]

於聚合物固體成分濃度為3.5重量%的聚醯胺酸溶液(PC-29)及聚醯胺酸溶液(PC-31)中,將添加劑(Add.1)以相對於聚合物重量而為15重量%的比例添加,且將添加劑(Add.2)以相對於聚合物重量而為10重量%的比例添加。將所獲得的聚醯胺酸溶液作為PD-3及PD-4。將聚醯胺酸溶液、添加劑及溶劑的組成比與PD-1及PD-2一併示於表4中。 The poly (amino acid) solution (PC-29) and poly (amino acid) solution (PC-31) having a polymer solid content concentration of 3.5% by weight were added with the additive (Add.1) to 15 based on the weight of the polymer. It is added in a proportion of% by weight, and the additive (Add. 2) is added in a proportion of 10% by weight relative to the weight of the polymer. The obtained polyamic acid solution was used as PD-3 and PD-4. The composition ratios of the polyamic acid solution, the additive, and the solvent are shown in Table 4 together with PD-1 and PD-2.

[實施例1] [Example 1]

<噴墨噴出性的評價> <Evaluation of inkjet ejectability>

將摻合製備的聚合物固體成分濃度為4重量%的聚醯胺酸溶液(PC-1)作為液晶配向劑,使用富士膠片迪麥提克斯(FUJIFILM Dimatix)公司製造的噴墨裝置DMP-2831,進行60分鐘連續噴出實驗。以監視器對5根噴嘴(噴嘴1)進行確認,於60分鐘的連續噴出中無法確認噴嘴的堵塞(參照圖1的墨水液滴2和鏡的反射像3)。 As a liquid crystal alignment agent, a polyamic acid solution (PC-1) having a polymer solid content concentration of 4% by weight was prepared by blending, and an inkjet device DMP- manufactured by FUJIFILM Dimatix was used. 2831, a 60-minute continuous ejection experiment was performed. Five nozzles (nozzle 1) were confirmed with a monitor, and clogging of the nozzles could not be confirmed during continuous ejection for 60 minutes (see ink droplet 2 and mirror reflection image 3 in FIG. 1).

<噴墨印刷中的面內條紋不均以及邊緣的直線性> <In-plane streak unevenness and edge linearity in inkjet printing>

進而,使用柯尼卡美能達(Konica Minolta)製造的噴墨裝置EB100XY100,將該液晶配向劑塗佈於帶有ITO的玻璃基板上。塗佈後,靜置180秒,於60℃加熱板上乾燥80秒。然後,進行塗佈 基板的觀察。藉由目視確認來判斷面內條紋不均,且藉由利用顯微鏡觀察,測定邊緣的不平整來判斷邊緣的直線性。其結果為,未看到面內條紋不均,為均勻。進而,以顯微鏡觀察的結果為,邊緣的不平整為0.2mm以下,直線性良好(參照圖3)。 Furthermore, this liquid crystal alignment agent was applied on a glass substrate with ITO using an inkjet device EB100XY100 manufactured by Konica Minolta. After coating, it was left for 180 seconds, and dried on a hot plate at 60 ° C for 80 seconds. Then, apply Observation of the substrate. The in-plane streak unevenness was judged by visual confirmation, and the straightness of the edge was judged by measuring the unevenness of the edge by observing with a microscope. As a result, unevenness of the in-plane streaks was not observed and was uniform. Furthermore, as a result of microscopic observation, the unevenness of the edges was 0.2 mm or less, and the linearity was good (see FIG. 3).

[實施例2~實施例28、比較例1~比較例8] [Example 2 to Example 28, Comparative Example 1 to Comparative Example 8]

除了使用表3及表4所示的聚醯胺酸溶液作為液晶配向劑以外,利用以實施例1為準的方法來評價噴出性、面內條紋不均以及邊緣的直線性。將結果與實施例1一併示於表5中。 Except that the polyamic acid solution shown in Tables 3 and 4 was used as the liquid crystal alignment agent, the method according to Example 1 was used to evaluate ejection properties, unevenness of in-plane streaks, and linearity of edges. The results are shown in Table 5 together with Example 1.

如表5所示,藉由將含有包含四個組群的溶劑組成的液晶配向劑以噴墨方式來印刷,而確認噴出性、面內條紋不均或邊緣的直線性得到改善。 As shown in Table 5, it was confirmed that the liquid crystal alignment agent containing a solvent containing four groups was printed by an inkjet method, and it was confirmed that ejection properties, unevenness of in-plane streaks, and straightness of edges were improved.

[實施例29、實施例30及參考例1、參考例2] [Example 29, Example 30 and Reference Example 1, Reference Example 2]

<單元注入時的流動配向的有無、對比度以及AC殘像的評價> <Presence or absence of flow alignment at the time of cell injection, evaluation of contrast, and AC afterimage>

[實施例29] [Example 29]

將摻合製備的聚合物固體成分濃度為4重量%的聚醯胺酸溶液(PC-1)作為液晶配向劑,利用旋轉器將該液晶配向劑塗佈於帶有SiNx/ITO梳齒電極的基板上,於對向側,利用噴墨塗佈裝置(柯尼卡美能達(Konica Minolta)製造的噴墨裝置EB100XY100)來塗佈於帶有間隔物的玻璃基板(間隔物的高度:4μm)上。此外,調整液滴間隔、墨盒(cartridge)施加電壓,使液晶配向膜成為下述膜厚。塗佈後,於加熱板(亞速旺(AS ONE)股份有限公司製造,EC加熱板(EC-1200N))上,以70℃進行80秒加熱乾燥。繼而,使用牛尾(Ushio)電機(股)製造的多光源燈(Multi-Light)ML-501C/B,對於基板自鉛直方向上,隔著偏光板來照射紫外線的直線偏光。此時的曝光能量是使用牛尾(Ushio)電機(股)製造的紫外線累計光量計UIT-150(受光器UVD-S365)來測定光量,以於波長365nm下成為1.0±0.1J/cm2的方式調整曝光時間。繼而,於潔淨烘箱(愛斯佩克(Espec)股份有限公司,PVHC-231)中,以230℃進行15分鐘加熱處理,形成膜厚100±10nm的液晶 配向膜。 A polyamic acid solution (PC-1) having a polymer solid content concentration of 4% by weight as a liquid crystal alignment agent was used as a liquid crystal alignment agent, and the liquid crystal alignment agent was applied to a SiNx / ITO comb-shaped electrode using a spinner. On the substrate, on the opposite side, an inkjet coating device (inkjet device EB100XY100 manufactured by Konica Minolta) was used to coat a glass substrate with a spacer (the height of the spacer: 4 μm). on. In addition, the liquid crystal alignment film was adjusted to have the following film thickness by adjusting the droplet interval and applying a voltage to a cartridge. After coating, it was heated and dried at 70 ° C. for 80 seconds on a hot plate (manufactured by AS ONE Co., Ltd., EC hot plate (EC-1200N)). Next, a multi-light ML-501C / B manufactured by Ushio Motor Co., Ltd. was used to irradiate the linearly polarized light with ultraviolet rays through a polarizing plate through a polarizer in the vertical direction of the substrate. The exposure energy at this time was measured using a UV cumulative light meter UIT-150 (receiver UVD-S365) manufactured by Ushio Motor Co., Ltd. to measure the light amount to 1.0 ± 0.1 J / cm 2 at a wavelength of 365 nm. Adjust the exposure time. Then, in a clean oven (Espec Co., Ltd., PVHC-231), heat treatment was performed at 230 ° C. for 15 minutes to form a liquid crystal alignment film with a film thickness of 100 ± 10 nm.

<FFS單元的製作、流動配向的確認、對比度及AC殘像測定> <Production of FFS unit, confirmation of flow alignment, measurement of contrast and AC afterimage>

使於基板上形成有液晶配向膜的兩塊基板的形成有配向膜的面對向,以對各個液晶配向膜照射的紫外線的偏光方向成為平行的方式,進而於對向的配向膜之間形成用以注入正型液晶組成物的空隙而貼合,組裝成單元厚度為4μm的空FFS單元。於所製作的空FFS單元中真空注入所述正型液晶組成物A,製作FFS液晶顯示元件。對所獲得的液晶顯示元件中的液晶的配向進行確認,結果未看到流動配向。測定對比度的值的結果為3080,測定AC殘像的結果為ΔB為1.8%。 The two substrates on which the liquid crystal alignment film is formed face each other with the alignment film formed thereon so that the polarization directions of the ultraviolet rays irradiated to the liquid crystal alignment films become parallel, and further formed between the opposite alignment films. It is used for injecting and bonding the voids of the positive type liquid crystal composition, and assembling an empty FFS cell with a cell thickness of 4 μm. The positive-type liquid crystal composition A was vacuum-injected into the produced empty FFS cell to produce an FFS liquid crystal display element. The alignment of the liquid crystal in the obtained liquid crystal display element was confirmed, and as a result, no flow alignment was observed. As a result of measuring the contrast value, it was 3080, and as a result of the AC afterimage measurement, ΔB was 1.8%.

正型液晶組成物A Positive liquid crystal composition A

Figure TWI676654B_D0325
Figure TWI676654B_D0325

Figure TWI676654B_D0326
Figure TWI676654B_D0326

Figure TWI676654B_D0327
Figure TWI676654B_D0327

Figure TWI676654B_D0328
Figure TWI676654B_D0328

Figure TWI676654B_D0329
Figure TWI676654B_D0329

Figure TWI676654B_D0330
Figure TWI676654B_D0330

Figure TWI676654B_D0331
Figure TWI676654B_D0331

Figure TWI676654B_D0332
Figure TWI676654B_D0332

Figure TWI676654B_D0333
Figure TWI676654B_D0333

[參考例1] [Reference Example 1]

將摻合製備的聚合物固體成分濃度為4重量%的聚醯胺酸溶 液(PC-1)作為液晶配向劑,利用旋轉器來塗佈於帶有SiNx/ITO梳齒電極的基板上,於對向側,利用旋轉器(米卡薩(Mikasa)股份有限公司製造,旋轉塗佈機(1H-DX2))來塗佈於帶有間隔物的玻璃基板(間隔物的高度:4μm)上。此外,亦包括以下的實施例、比較例在內,根據液晶配向劑的黏度來調整旋轉器的旋轉速度,使配向膜成為下述膜厚。塗佈後,於加熱板(亞速旺(AS ONE)股份有限公司製造,EC加熱板(EC-1200N))上,以70℃進行80秒加熱乾燥。繼而,使用牛尾(Ushio)電機(股)製造的多光源燈(Multi-Light)ML-501C/B,對於基板自鉛直方向上,隔著偏光板來照射紫外線的直線偏光。此時的曝光能量是使用牛尾(Ushio)電機(股)製造的紫外線累計光量計UIT-150(受光器UVD-S365)來測定光量,以於波長365nm下成為1.0±0.1J/cm2的方式調整曝光時間。繼而,於潔淨烘箱(愛斯佩克(Espec)股份有限公司,PVHC-231)中,以230℃進行15分鐘加熱處理,形成膜厚為100±10nm的配向膜。 A polyamic acid solution (PC-1) having a polymer solid content concentration of 4% by weight as a liquid crystal alignment agent was applied to the substrate with a SiNx / ITO comb-shaped electrode by a spinner, and The opposite side was coated on a glass substrate (spacer height: 4 μm) with a spacer using a spinner (Mikasa Co., Ltd., spin coater (1H-DX2)). In addition, including the following examples and comparative examples, the rotation speed of the spinner was adjusted according to the viscosity of the liquid crystal alignment agent, so that the alignment film had the following film thickness. After coating, it was heated and dried at 70 ° C. for 80 seconds on a hot plate (manufactured by AS ONE Co., Ltd., EC hot plate (EC-1200N)). Next, a multi-light ML-501C / B manufactured by Ushio Motor Co., Ltd. was used to irradiate the linearly polarized light with ultraviolet rays through a polarizing plate through a polarizer in the vertical direction of the substrate. The exposure energy at this time was measured using a UV cumulative light meter UIT-150 (receiver UVD-S365) manufactured by Ushio Motor Co., Ltd. to measure the light amount to 1.0 ± 0.1 J / cm 2 at a wavelength of 365 nm. Adjust the exposure time. Then, in a clean oven (Espec Co., Ltd., PVHC-231), heat treatment was performed at 230 ° C. for 15 minutes to form an alignment film having a film thickness of 100 ± 10 nm.

<FFS單元的製作、流動配向的確認、對比度及AC殘像測定> <Production of FFS unit, confirmation of flow alignment, measurement of contrast and AC afterimage>

使於基板上形成有配向膜的兩塊基板的形成有配向膜的面對向,以對各個配向膜照射的紫外線的偏光方向成為平行的方式,進而於對向的配向膜之間形成用以注入正型液晶組成物的空隙而貼合,組裝成單元厚度為4μm的空FFS單元。於所製作的空FFS單元中真空注入下述正型液晶組成物A,製作FFS液晶顯示元件。 對所獲得的液晶顯示元件中的液晶的配向進行確認,結果未看到流動配向。測定對比度的值的結果為3050,測定AC殘像的結果為ΔB為1.9%。 The orientations of the two substrates on which the alignment films are formed on the substrates are aligned so that the polarization directions of the ultraviolet rays irradiated to the respective alignment films become parallel, and further between the opposite alignment films are formed. The voids of the positive-type liquid crystal composition were injected and bonded, and an empty FFS cell having a cell thickness of 4 μm was assembled. The following positive-type liquid crystal composition A was vacuum-injected into the produced empty FFS cell to produce an FFS liquid crystal display element. The alignment of the liquid crystal in the obtained liquid crystal display element was confirmed, and as a result, no flow alignment was observed. The result of measuring the contrast value was 3050, and the result of measuring the AC afterimage was ΔB of 1.9%.

[實施例30] [Example 30]

將摻合製備的聚合物固體成分濃度為4重量%的聚醯胺酸溶液(PD-1)作為液晶配向劑,利用旋轉器,將該液晶配向劑塗佈於帶有SiNx/ITO梳齒電極的基板上,於對向側,利用噴墨塗佈裝置(柯尼卡美能達(Konica Minolta)製造的噴墨裝置EB100XY100)來塗佈於帶有間隔物的玻璃基板(間隔物的高度:4μm)上。此外,調整液滴間隔、墨盒施加電壓,使液晶配向膜成為下述膜厚。塗佈後,於加熱板(亞速旺(AS ONE)股份有限公司製造,EC加熱板(EC-1200N))上,以70℃進行80秒加熱乾燥。繼而,使用牛尾(Ushio)電機(股)製造的多光源燈(Multi-Light)ML-501C/B,對於基板自鉛直方向上,隔著偏光板來照射紫外線的直線偏光。此時的曝光能量是使用牛尾(Ushio)電機(股)製造的紫外線累計光量計UIT-150(受光器UVD-S365)來測定光量,以於波長365nm下成為1.0±0.1J/cm2的方式調整曝光時間。繼而,於潔淨烘箱(愛斯佩克(Espec)股份有限公司,PVHC-231)中,以230℃進行15分鐘加熱處理,形成膜厚為100±10nm的液晶配向膜。 A polyamic acid solution (PD-1) having a polymer solid content concentration of 4% by weight as a liquid crystal alignment agent was used as a liquid crystal alignment agent, and the liquid crystal alignment agent was coated on a SiNx / ITO comb-shaped electrode by a spinner. The substrate on the opposite side was coated on a glass substrate with a spacer (the height of the spacer: 4 μm) by using an inkjet coating device (the inkjet device EB100XY100 manufactured by Konica Minolta) on the opposite side. )on. In addition, the droplet interval and the voltage applied to the ink cartridge were adjusted so that the liquid crystal alignment film had the following film thickness. After coating, it was heated and dried at 70 ° C. for 80 seconds on a hot plate (manufactured by AS ONE Co., Ltd., EC hot plate (EC-1200N)). Next, a multi-light ML-501C / B manufactured by Ushio Motor Co., Ltd. was used to irradiate the linearly polarized light with ultraviolet rays through a polarizing plate through a polarizer in the vertical direction of the substrate. The exposure energy at this time was measured using a UV cumulative light meter UIT-150 (receiver UVD-S365) manufactured by Ushio Motor Co., Ltd. to measure the light amount to 1.0 ± 0.1 J / cm 2 at a wavelength of 365 nm. Adjust the exposure time. Then, in a clean oven (Espec Co., Ltd., PVHC-231), heat treatment was performed at 230 ° C. for 15 minutes to form a liquid crystal alignment film having a film thickness of 100 ± 10 nm.

<FFS單元的製作、流動配向的確認、對比度及AC殘像測定> <Production of FFS unit, confirmation of flow alignment, measurement of contrast and AC afterimage>

使於基板上形成有液晶配向膜的兩塊基板的形成有配向膜的面對向,以對各個液晶配向膜照射的紫外線的偏光方向成為平行的方式,進而於對向的配向膜之間形成用以注入液晶組成物的空隙而貼合,組裝成單元厚度為4μm的空FFS單元。於所製作的空FFS單元中真空注入所述正型液晶組成物A,製作FFS液晶顯示元件。對所獲得的液晶顯示元件中的液晶的配向進行確認,結果未看到流動配向。測定對比度的值的結果為3010,測定AC殘像的結果為ΔB為2.2%。 The two substrates on which the liquid crystal alignment film is formed face each other with the alignment film formed thereon so that the polarization directions of the ultraviolet rays irradiated to the liquid crystal alignment films become parallel, and further formed between the opposite alignment films. It is used for injecting and bonding the voids of the liquid crystal composition and assembling an empty FFS cell with a cell thickness of 4 μm. The positive-type liquid crystal composition A was vacuum-injected into the produced empty FFS cell to produce an FFS liquid crystal display element. The alignment of the liquid crystal in the obtained liquid crystal display element was confirmed, and as a result, no flow alignment was observed. The result of measuring the contrast value was 3010, and the result of measuring the AC afterimage was ΔB of 2.2%.

[參考例2] [Reference Example 2]

將摻合製備的聚合物固體成分濃度為4重量%的聚醯胺酸溶液(PD-1)作為液晶配向劑,利用旋轉器來塗佈於帶有SiNx/ITO梳齒電極的基板上,於對向側,利用旋轉器(米卡薩(Mikasa)股份有限公司製造,旋轉塗佈機(1H-DX2))來塗佈於帶有間隔物的玻璃基板(間隔物的高度:4μm)上。此外,亦包括以下的實施例、比較例在內,根據液晶配向劑的黏度來調整旋轉器的旋轉速度,使配向膜成為下述膜厚。塗佈後,於加熱板(亞速旺(AS ONE)股份有限公司製造,EC加熱板(EC-1200N))上,以70℃進行80秒加熱乾燥。繼而,使用牛尾(Ushio)電機(股)製造的多光源燈(Multi-Light)ML-501C/B,對於基板自鉛直方向上,隔著偏光板來照射紫外線的直線偏光。此時的曝光能量是使用牛尾(Ushio)電機(股)製造的紫外線累計光量計UIT-150(受光器UVD-S365)來測定光量,以於波長365nm下成為1.0±0.1J/cm2 的方式調整曝光時間。繼而,於潔淨烘箱(愛斯佩克(Espec)股份有限公司,PVHC-231)中,以230℃進行15分鐘加熱處理,形成膜厚為100±10nm的配向膜。 A polyamic acid solution (PD-1) having a polymer solid content concentration of 4% by weight as a liquid crystal alignment agent was applied to the substrate with a SiNx / ITO comb electrode using a spinner, and The opposite side was coated on a glass substrate (spacer height: 4 μm) with a spacer using a spinner (Mikasa Co., Ltd., spin coater (1H-DX2)). In addition, including the following examples and comparative examples, the rotation speed of the spinner was adjusted according to the viscosity of the liquid crystal alignment agent, so that the alignment film had the following film thickness. After coating, it was heated and dried at 70 ° C. for 80 seconds on a hot plate (manufactured by AS ONE Co., Ltd., EC hot plate (EC-1200N)). Next, a multi-light ML-501C / B manufactured by Ushio Motor Co., Ltd. was used to irradiate the linearly polarized light with ultraviolet rays through a polarizing plate through a polarizer in the vertical direction of the substrate. The exposure energy at this time was measured using a UV cumulative light meter UIT-150 (receiver UVD-S365) manufactured by Ushio Motor Co., Ltd. to measure the light amount to 1.0 ± 0.1 J / cm 2 at a wavelength of 365 nm. Adjust the exposure time. Then, in a clean oven (Espec Co., Ltd., PVHC-231), heat treatment was performed at 230 ° C. for 15 minutes to form an alignment film having a film thickness of 100 ± 10 nm.

<FFS單元的製作、流動配向的確認、對比度及AC殘像測定> <Production of FFS unit, confirmation of flow alignment, measurement of contrast and AC afterimage>

使於基板上形成有配向膜的兩塊基板的形成有配向膜的面對向,以對各個配向膜照射的紫外線的偏光方向成為平行的方式,進而於對向的配向膜之間形成用以注入正型液晶組成物的空隙而貼合,組裝成單元厚度為4μm的空FFS單元。於所製作的空FFS單元中真空注入所述正型液晶組成物A,製作FFS液晶顯示元件。對所獲得的液晶顯示元件中的液晶的配向進行確認,結果未看到流動配向。測定對比度的值的結果為3000,測定AC殘像的結果為ΔB為2.3%。 The orientations of the two substrates on which the alignment films are formed on the substrates are aligned so that the polarization directions of the ultraviolet rays irradiated to the respective alignment films become parallel, and further between the opposite alignment films are formed. The voids of the positive-type liquid crystal composition were injected and bonded, and an empty FFS cell having a cell thickness of 4 μm was assembled. The positive-type liquid crystal composition A was vacuum-injected into the produced empty FFS cell to produce an FFS liquid crystal display element. The alignment of the liquid crystal in the obtained liquid crystal display element was confirmed, and as a result, no flow alignment was observed. The result of measuring the contrast value was 3000, and the result of measuring the AC afterimage was ΔB of 2.3%.

如上所述,對於以下兩種FFS液晶顯示元件,在流動配向的有無、對比度及AC殘像方面加以比較,所述FFS液晶顯示元件為:對以噴墨法將本發明的液晶配向劑印刷於基板上而得的塗佈膜進行乾燥、紫外線照射、加熱處理而形成的具有液晶配向膜的FFS液晶顯示元件;以及以旋轉塗佈法來塗佈相同的液晶配向劑,並同樣地進行乾燥、紫外線照射、加熱處理而形成的具有液晶配向膜的FFS液晶顯示元件;結果為:與由利用旋轉塗佈法的塗佈膜而獲得的光配向膜相比,由利用噴墨法的塗佈膜而獲得的光配向膜的性能並無任何遜色之處,顯示出良好的單元特性。 As described above, the following two types of FFS liquid crystal display elements are compared in terms of presence or absence of flow alignment, contrast, and AC afterimage. The FFS liquid crystal display elements are: the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention is printed on the inkjet method on An FFS liquid crystal display element having a liquid crystal alignment film formed by drying, ultraviolet irradiation, and heat treatment of a coating film obtained on a substrate; applying the same liquid crystal alignment agent by a spin coating method, and drying the same, An FFS liquid crystal display element having a liquid crystal alignment film formed by ultraviolet irradiation and heat treatment; as a result, a coating film using an inkjet method is compared with a light alignment film obtained using a coating film using a spin coating method. The performance of the obtained photo-alignment film is not inferior, and it shows good cell characteristics.

<聚醯胺酸的合成> <Synthesis of Polyamic Acid>

[合成例A-5] [Synthesis example A-5]

於具備溫度計、攪拌機、原料投入加入口及氮氣導入口的200mL的褐色四口燒瓶中,加入1.4209g的DAAB、0.6666g的DDBU、0.0257g的APDA及54.0g的脫水NMP,於乾燥氮氣流下攪拌溶解。繼而,加入3.8869g的式(10)的四羧酸二酐,進而加入20.0g的脫水NMP,於室溫下繼續攪拌24小時。於該反應溶液中添加20.0g的BP,獲得聚合物固體成分濃度為6重量%的聚醯胺酸溶液。將該聚醯胺酸溶液作為PA-5。PA-5中所含的聚醯胺酸的重量平均分子量為11,300。 In a 200 mL brown four-necked flask equipped with a thermometer, a stirrer, a raw material input port and a nitrogen inlet port, 1.4209 g of DAAB, 0.6666 g of DDBU, 0.0257 g of APDA, and 54.0 g of dehydrated NMP were added, and the mixture was stirred under a stream of dry nitrogen. Dissolve. Then, 3.8869 g of tetracarboxylic dianhydride of formula (10) was added, and 20.0 g of dehydrated NMP was further added, and stirring was continued at room temperature for 24 hours. 20.0 g of BP was added to the reaction solution to obtain a polyamidic acid solution having a polymer solid content concentration of 6% by weight. This polyamic acid solution was used as PA-5. The weight average molecular weight of the polyamidic acid contained in PA-5 was 11,300.

[合成例A-6~合成例A-10] [Synthesis Example A-6 to Synthesis Example A-10]

除了變更四羧酸二酐、二胺及溶劑組成以外,以合成例A-5為準來製備聚合物固體成分濃度為6重量%的聚醯胺酸溶液(PA-6)~聚醯胺酸溶液(PA-10)。將原料及溶劑的組成與PA-5一併示於表6中。 Except changing the composition of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride, diamine, and solvent, the polymer solid content concentration of 6% by weight polyamic acid solution (PA-6) to polyamic acid was prepared based on Synthesis Example A-5. Solution (PA-10). Table 6 shows the composition of raw materials and solvents together with PA-5.

[合成例B-7] [Synthesis example B-7]

於具備溫度計、攪拌機、原料投入加入口及氮氣導入口的200mL的褐色四口燒瓶中,加入1.9123g的APDA、0.8561g的DDE、0.3082g的PDA以及54.0g的脫水NMP,於乾燥氮氣流下攪拌溶解。繼而,加入1.0424g的式(2)的四羧酸二酐、1.7585g的式(4)的四羧酸二酐,進而加入20.0g的脫水NMP,於室溫下繼續攪拌24小時。於該反應溶液中添加20.0g的BP,獲得聚合物固體成分濃度為6重量%的聚醯胺酸溶液。將該聚醯胺酸溶液作為PB-7。PB-7中所含的聚醯胺酸的重量平均分子量為48,000。將原料及溶劑的組成示於表7中。 In a 200 mL brown four-necked flask equipped with a thermometer, a stirrer, a raw material input port and a nitrogen inlet port, add 1.9123 g of APDA, 0.8561 g of DDE, 0.3082 g of PDA, and 54.0 g of dehydrated NMP, and stir under a dry nitrogen stream. Dissolve. Then, 1.0424 g of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride of the formula (2) and 1.7585 g of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride of the formula (4) were added, 20.0 g of dehydrated NMP was further added, and stirring was continued at room temperature for 24 hours. 20.0 g of BP was added to the reaction solution to obtain a polyamidic acid solution having a polymer solid content concentration of 6% by weight. This polyamic acid solution was used as PB-7. The weight average molecular weight of the polyamidic acid contained in PB-7 was 48,000. Table 7 shows the composition of the raw materials and the solvent.

<聚合物摻合> <Polymer Blend>

[合成例PC-33] [Synthesis example PC-33]

將[A]合成例A-5中製備的聚合物固體成分濃度為6重量%的聚醯胺酸溶液(PA-5)、與[B]合成例B-7中製備的聚合物固體成分濃度為6重量%的聚醯胺酸溶液(PB-7),以[A]/[B]=3.0/7.0(重量比)進行混合。進而利用NMP/BP/GBL/EDM/BDM/DIBK的溶液,將該混合溶液進行稀釋,將聚合物固體成分濃度為4重量%的聚醯胺酸溶液作為PC-33。此時,稀釋中使用的溶劑的組成比(重量比)為:0.067g的NMP、2.667g的BP、13.60g的GBL、15.00g的EDM、1.00g的BDM、以及1.00g的DIBK。 The polymer solid content concentration of the polymer solid content concentration prepared in [A] Synthesis Example A-5 was 6% by weight, and the polymer solid content concentration prepared in [B] Synthesis Example B-7 It is a 6 wt% polyamic acid solution (PB-7), and mixed with [A] / [B] = 3.0 / 7.0 (weight ratio). Furthermore, the mixed solution was diluted with a solution of NMP / BP / GBL / EDM / BDM / DIBK, and a polyamic acid solution having a polymer solid content concentration of 4% by weight was used as PC-33. At this time, the composition ratio (weight ratio) of the solvents used in the dilution was 0.067 g of NMP, 2.667 g of BP, 13.60 g of GBL, 15.00 g of EDM, 1.00 g of BDM, and 1.00 g of DIBK.

[合成例PC-34~合成例PC-40] [Synthesis example PC-34 to Synthesis example PC-40]

將[A]選自聚醯胺酸溶液(PA-5)及聚醯胺酸溶液(PA-10)中的一種聚醯胺酸溶液、與[B]包含聚醯胺酸溶液(PB-7)的聚醯胺酸溶液,以重量比[A]/[B]=3.0/7.0(重量比)進行混合,進而以聚合物固體成分濃度成為表8記載的重量%的方式,利用各種溶劑來實施稀釋,製備聚醯胺酸溶液(PC-34)~聚醯胺酸溶液 (PC-36)。另外,關於聚醯胺酸(PC-37)~聚醯胺酸(PC-40),以聚合物固體成分濃度成為表8記載的重量%的方式,利用各種溶劑,對選自聚醯胺酸(PA-6)~聚醯胺酸(PA-9)中的一種聚醯胺酸溶液實施稀釋來調整。將聚醯胺酸溶液及溶劑的組成比與PC-33一併示於表8中。 [A] A polyamic acid solution selected from the group consisting of a polyamino acid solution (PA-5) and a polyamino acid solution (PA-10), and [B] containing a polyamino acid solution (PB-7) ) Of the polyamic acid solution was mixed at a weight ratio [A] / [B] = 3.0 / 7.0 (weight ratio), and further, the polymer solid content concentration was shown in Table 8 by weight, and various solvents were used to Diluted to prepare polyamine solution (PC-34) ~ polyamine solution (PC-36). In addition, polyamines (PC-37) to polyamines (PC-40) were selected from polyamines using various solvents so that the polymer solid content concentration became the weight% described in Table 8. (PA-6) ~ Polyamino acid solution (PA-9) is adjusted by diluting it. Table 8 shows the composition ratio of the polyamic acid solution and the solvent together with PC-33.

[合成例PD-5] [Synthesis example PD-5]

於聚合物固體成分濃度為4重量%的聚醯胺酸溶液(PC-33)中,將添加劑(Add.2)以相對於聚合物重量而為10重量%的比例添加。將所獲得的聚醯胺酸溶液作為PD-5。 The additive (Add. 2) was added to the polyamic acid solution (PC-33) having a polymer solid content concentration of 4% by weight in a proportion of 10% by weight relative to the weight of the polymer. The obtained polyamic acid solution was used as PD-5.

[合成例PD-6~合成例PD-8] [Synthesis example PD-6 to Synthesis example PD-8]

於聚合物固體成分濃度為4.0重量%的聚醯胺酸溶液(PC-34)~聚醯胺酸溶液(PC-36)中,將添加劑(Add.2)以相對於聚合 物重量而為10重量%的比例添加。將所獲得的聚醯胺酸溶液作為PD-6~PD-8。 The poly (amino acid) solution (PC-34) to the poly (amino acid) solution (PC-36) having a polymer solid content concentration of 4.0% by weight was added with the additive (Add.2) to the polymer. It is added at a ratio of 10% by weight based on the weight of the substance. Let the obtained polyamic acid solution be PD-6 ~ PD-8.

[合成例PD-9~合成例PD-12] [Synthesis Example PD-9 ~ Synthesis Example PD-12]

於聚合物固體成分濃度為4.0重量%的聚醯胺酸溶液(PC-37)~聚醯胺酸溶液(PC-40)中,將添加劑(Add.2)以相對於聚合物重量而為5重量%的比例添加。將所獲得的聚醯胺酸溶液作為PD-9~PD-12。 The poly (amino acid solution) (PC-37) to poly (amino acid solution) (PC-40) with a polymer solid concentration of 4.0% by weight was added with an additive (Add.2) of 5 to the polymer weight. Added by weight. Let the obtained polyamic acid solution be PD-9 ~ PD-12.

將聚醯胺酸溶液、添加劑及溶劑的組成比與PD-5~PD-8一併示於表9中。 The composition ratios of the polyamic acid solution, the additive, and the solvent are shown in Table 9 together with PD-5 to PD-8.

[實施例31] [Example 31]

<噴墨噴出性的評價> <Evaluation of inkjet ejectability>

將摻合製備的聚合物固體成分濃度為4重量%的聚醯胺酸溶 液(PC-33)作為液晶配向劑,使用富士膠片迪麥提克斯(FUJIFILM Dimatix)公司製造的噴墨裝置DMP-2831,進行60分鐘連續噴出實驗。以監視器對5根噴嘴進行確認,於60分鐘的連續噴出中無法確認到噴嘴的堵塞。 Polybutamine acid with a solid content concentration of 4% by weight of the polymer prepared by blending Liquid (PC-33) was used as a liquid crystal alignment agent, and an inkjet device DMP-2831 manufactured by FUJIFILM Dimatix was used for a continuous ejection experiment for 60 minutes. Five nozzles were confirmed with a monitor, and no clogging of the nozzles could be confirmed during continuous ejection for 60 minutes.

<噴墨印刷中的面內條紋不均以及邊緣的直線性> <In-plane streak unevenness and edge linearity in inkjet printing>

進而,使用柯尼卡美能達(Konica Minolta)製造的噴墨裝置EB100XY100,將該液晶配向劑塗佈於帶有ITO的玻璃基板上。塗佈後,靜置180秒,於60℃加熱板上進行80秒乾燥。然後,進行塗佈基板的觀察。藉由目視確認來判斷面內條紋不均,且藉由利用顯微鏡觀察,測定邊緣的不平整來判斷邊緣的直線性。其結果為,未看到面內條紋不均,為均勻。進而,以顯微鏡觀察的結果為,邊緣的不平整為0.2mm以下,直線性為良好。 Furthermore, this liquid crystal alignment agent was applied on a glass substrate with ITO using an inkjet device EB100XY100 manufactured by Konica Minolta. After coating, it was left for 180 seconds, and dried on a hot plate at 60 ° C for 80 seconds. Then, observation of the coated substrate was performed. The in-plane streak unevenness was judged by visual confirmation, and the straightness of the edge was judged by measuring the unevenness of the edge by observing with a microscope. As a result, unevenness of the in-plane streaks was not observed and was uniform. Furthermore, as a result of microscopic observation, the unevenness of the edge was 0.2 mm or less, and the linearity was good.

[實施例32~實施例42] [Example 32 to Example 42]

除了使用表8及表9所示的聚醯胺酸溶液作為液晶配向劑以外,利用以實施例29為準的方法來評價噴出性、面內條紋不均以及邊緣的直線性。將結果與實施例31一併示於表10中。 Except that the polyamic acid solution shown in Tables 8 and 9 was used as the liquid crystal alignment agent, the method according to Example 29 was used to evaluate ejection properties, unevenness of in-plane streaks, and linearity of edges. The results are shown in Table 10 together with Example 31.

[產業上之可利用性] [Industrial availability]

經確認,本發明的液晶配向劑可形成噴出性、面內條紋不均或邊緣的直線性良好的液晶配向膜。本發明的液晶配向劑能夠適合應用於需要窄框的模型中。 It has been confirmed that the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention can form a liquid crystal alignment film with good ejection properties, uneven in-plane streaks, or linearity at the edges. The liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention can be suitably applied to a model requiring a narrow frame.

Claims (11)

一種液晶配向劑,其含有選自由聚醯胺酸及其衍生物所組成的組群中的至少一種聚合體及溶劑;並且所述溶劑含有選自由N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮、γ-丁內酯、1,3-二甲基-2-咪唑啶酮、N-乙基-2-吡咯啶酮所組成的組群中的至少一者作為第一溶劑,含有選自由丁基溶纖劑、1-丁氧基-2-丙醇、二乙二醇乙基甲醚、二乙二醇丙基甲醚所組成的組群中的至少一者作為第二溶劑,含有選自由二異丁基酮、二戊基醚所組成的組群中的至少一者作為第三溶劑,而且,含有選自下述式(1)所表示的化合物的組群中的至少一者作為第四溶劑,相對於所述聚合體和所述溶劑的總量,所述聚合體的比例為0.1重量%至40重量%;式(1)中,當R1為碳數2的烷基時,R2為碳數3的烷基,當R1為碳數4的烷基時,R2為碳數1或2的烷基。A liquid crystal alignment agent comprising at least one polymer and a solvent selected from the group consisting of polyamic acid and its derivatives; and the solvent contains a solvent selected from N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, γ -At least one of the group consisting of butyrolactone, 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone, and N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone as a first solvent, and contains a component selected from the group consisting of butyl cellosolve At least one of the group consisting of 1,1-butoxy-2-propanol, diethylene glycol ethyl methyl ether, and diethylene glycol propyl methyl ether, as a second solvent, containing a group selected from the group consisting of diisobutyl At least one of a group consisting of a methyl ketone and dipentyl ether is used as a third solvent, and at least one of the groups selected from a compound represented by the following formula (1) is used as a fourth solvent, The proportion of the polymer relative to the total amount of the polymer and the solvent is 0.1% to 40% by weight; In formula (1), when R 1 is an alkyl group having 2 carbon atoms, R 2 is an alkyl group having 3 carbon atoms, and when R 1 is an alkyl group having 4 carbon atoms, R 2 is an alkyl group having 1 or 2 carbon atoms. base. 如申請專利範圍第1項所述的液晶配向劑,其中第一溶劑的比例相對於全部溶劑重量而為20重量%~89重量%,第二溶劑的比例相對於全部溶劑重量而為10重量%~60重量%,第三溶劑的比例相對於全部溶劑重量而為0.1重量%~15重量%,而且,第四溶劑的比例相對於全部溶劑重量而為0.1重量%~20重量%。The liquid crystal alignment agent according to item 1 of the scope of patent application, wherein the proportion of the first solvent is 20% to 89% by weight relative to the weight of the entire solvent, and the proportion of the second solvent is 10% by weight relative to the weight of the entire solvent 60% by weight, the ratio of the third solvent is 0.1% to 15% by weight with respect to the total solvent weight, and the ratio of the fourth solvent is 0.1% to 20% by weight relative to the total solvent weight. 如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述的液晶配向劑,其中聚合體的合成中使用的四羧酸二酐含有選自下述式(AN-I)~式(AN-VII)所表示的化合物的組群中的至少一者;並且二胺含有選自下述式(DI-1)~式(DI-16)所表示的不具有側鏈的二胺、下述式(DIH-1)~式(DIH-3)所表示的不具有側鏈的二醯肼以及下述式(DI-31)~式(DI-35)所表示的具有側鏈的二胺的組群中的至少一者;式(AN-I)、式(AN-IV)及式(AN-V)中,X獨立地為單鍵或-CH2-;式(AN-II)中,G為單鍵、碳數1~20的伸烷基、-CO-、-O-、-S-、-SO2-、-C(CH3)2-或-C(CF3)2-;式(AN-II)~式(AN-IV)中,Y獨立地為選自下述的三價基團的組群中的一者,結合鍵連結於任意的碳上,該基團的至少一個氫可經甲基、乙基或苯基所取代;式(AN-III)~式(AN-V)中,環A10為碳數3~10的單環式烴的基團或碳數6~30的縮合多環式烴的基團,該基團的至少一個氫可經甲基、乙基或苯基所取代,掛在環上的結合鍵連結於構成環的任意的碳上,2根結合鍵亦可連結於同一碳上;式(AN-VI)中,X10為碳數2~6的伸烷基,Me表示甲基,Ph表示苯基;式(AN-VII)中,G10獨立地為-O-、-COO-或-OCO-,r獨立地為0或1; 所述的式(DI-1)中,G20為-CH2-,至少一個-CH2-可取代為-NH-、-O-,m為1~12的整數,伸烷基的至少一個氫可取代為-OH;式(DI-3)及式(DI-5)~式(DI-7)中,G21獨立地為單鍵、-NH-、-NCH3-、-O-、-S-、-S-S-、-SO2-、-CO-、-COO-、-CONCH3-、-CONH-、-C(CH3)2-、-C(CF3)2-、-(CH2)m-、-O-(CH2)m-O-、-N(-Ra)-(CH2)k-N(-Ra)-、-(O-C2H4)m-O-、-O-CH2-C(CF3)2-CH2-O-、-O-CO-(CH2)m-CO-O-、-CO-O-(CH2)m-O-CO-、-(CH2)m-NH-(CH2)m-、-CO-(CH2)k-NH-(CH2)k-、-(NH-(CH2)m)k-NH-、-CO-C3H6-(NH-C3H6)n-CO-或-S-(CH2)m-S-,Ra為碳數1~3的烷基,m獨立地為1~12的整數,k為1~5的整數,n為1或2;式(DI-4)中,s獨立地為0~2的整數;式(DI-6)及式(DI-7)中,G22獨立地為單鍵、-O-、-S-、-CO-、-C(CH3)2-、-C(CF3)2-、-NH-、或碳數1~10的伸烷基;式(DI-2)~式(DI-7)中的環己烷環及苯環的至少一個氫可經-F、-Cl、碳數1~3的烷基、-OCH3、-OH、-CF3、-CO2H、-CONH2、-NHC6H5、苯基或苄基所取代,除此以外,式(DI-4)中,苯環的至少一個氫可經選自下述式(DI-4-a)~式(DI-4-e)所表示的基團的組群中的一者所取代;所述式中的鍵結位置並不固定於構成環的碳原子上的基團表示其於環中的鍵結位置為任意;-NH2於環己烷環或苯環上的鍵結位置為除G21或G22的鍵結位置之外的任意位置;式(DI-4-a)及式(DI-4-b)中,R20獨立地為氫或-CH3 式(DI-11)中,r為0或1;式(DI-8)~式(DI-11)中,鍵結於環上的-NH2的鍵結位置為任意位置; 式(DI-12)中,R21及R22獨立地為碳數1~3的烷基或苯基,G23獨立地為碳數1~6的伸烷基、伸苯基或者經烷基取代的伸苯基,w為1~10的整數;式(DI-13)中,R23獨立地為碳數1~5的烷基、碳數1~5的烷氧基或者-Cl,p獨立地為0~3的整數,q為0~4的整數;式(DI-14)中,環B為單環的雜環式芳香族基,R24為氫、-F、-Cl、碳數1~6的烷基、烷氧基、乙烯基、炔基,q獨立地為0~4的整數;式(DI-15)中,環C為雜環式芳香族基或者雜環式脂肪族基;式(DI-16)中,G24為單鍵、碳數2~6的伸烷基或1,4-伸苯基,r為0或1;所述式中的鍵結位置並不固定於構成環的碳原子上的基團表示其於環中的鍵結位置為任意;式(DI-13)~式(DI-16)中,鍵結於環上的-NH2的鍵結位置為任意位置; 式(DIH-1)中,G25為單鍵、碳數1~20的伸烷基、-CO-、-O-、-S-、-SO2-、-C(CH3)2-或-C(CF3)2-;式(DIH-2)中,環D為環己烷環、苯環或萘環,該基團的至少一個氫可經甲基、乙基或苯基所取代;式(DIH-3)中,環E分別獨立地為環己烷環或苯環,該基團的至少一個氫可經甲基、乙基或苯基所取代,Y為單鍵、碳數1~20的伸烷基、-CO-、-O-、-S-、-SO2-、-C(CH3)2-或-C(CF3)2-;式(DIH-2)及式(DIH-3)中,鍵結於環上的-CONHNH2的鍵結位置為任意位置;式(DI-31)中,G26為單鍵、-O-、-COO-、-OCO-、-CO-、-CONH-、-CH2O-、-OCH2-、-CF2O-、-OCF2-或-(CH2)m'-,m'為1~12的整數;R25為碳數3~30的烷基、苯基、具有類固醇骨架的基團、或者下述式(DI-31-a)所表示的基團,該烷基中,至少一個氫可經-F所取代,而且至少一個-CH2-可經-O-、-CH=CH-或-C≡C-所取代,該苯基的氫可經-F、-CH3、-OCH3、-OCH2F、-OCHF2、-OCF3、碳數3~30的烷基或碳數3~30的烷氧基所取代,鍵結於苯環上的-NH2的鍵結位置表示於所述環中為任意位置,式(DI-31-a)中,G27、G28及G29為鍵結基,該些基團獨立地為單鍵、或碳數1~12的伸烷基,該伸烷基的一個以上的-CH2-可經-O-、-COO-、-OCO-、-CONH-、-CH=CH-所取代,環B21、環B22、環B23及環B24獨立地為1,4-伸苯基、1,4-伸環己基、1,3-二噁烷-2,5-二基、嘧啶-2,5-二基、吡啶-2,5-二基、萘-1,5-二基、萘-2,7-二基或者蒽-9,10-二基,環B21、環B22、環B23及環B24中,至少一個氫可經-F或-CH3所取代,s、t及u獨立地為0~2的整數,該些的合計為1~5,當s、t或u為2時,各個括弧內的兩個鍵結基可相同,亦可不同,而且,兩個環可相同,亦可不同,R26為氫、-F、-OH、碳數1~30的烷基、碳數1~30的氟取代烷基、碳數1~30的烷氧基、-CN、-OCH2F、-OCHF2、或者-OCF3,該碳數1~30的烷基的至少一個-CH2-可經下述式(DI-31-b)所表示的二價基團所取代,式(DI-31-b)中,R27及R28獨立地為碳數1~3的烷基,v為1~6的整數; 式(DI-32)及式(DI-33)中,G30獨立地為單鍵、-CO-或-CH2-,R29獨立地為氫或-CH3,R30為氫、碳數1~20的烷基、或碳數2~20的烯基;式(DI-33)中的苯環的至少一個氫可經碳數1~20的烷基或苯基所取代;所述式中的鍵結位置並不固定於構成環的任一個碳原子上的基團表示其於環中的鍵結位置為任意;式(DI-32)及式(DI-33)中,鍵結於苯環上的-NH2表示其於環中的鍵結位置為任意; 式(DI-34)及式(DI-35)中,G31獨立地為-O-或碳數1~6的伸烷基,G32為單鍵或碳數1~3的伸烷基,R31為氫或碳數1~20的烷基,該烷基的至少一個-CH2-可經-O-、-CH=CH-或-C≡C-所取代,R32為碳數6~22的烷基,R33為氫或碳數1~22的烷基,環B25為1,4-伸苯基或1,4-伸環己基,r為0或1,而且,鍵結於苯環上的-NH2表示其於環中的鍵結位置為任意。The liquid crystal alignment agent according to claim 1 or claim 2, wherein the tetracarboxylic dianhydride used in the synthesis of the polymer contains a compound selected from the following formulae (AN-I) to (AN-VII) At least one of the group of compounds represented by the formula; and the diamine contains a diamine selected from the following formulae (DI-1) to (DI-16) without a side chain, and the following formula (DIH- 1) In the group consisting of dihydrazine without a side chain represented by formula (DIH-3) and a diamine with a side chain represented by the following formula (DI-31) to (DI-35) At least one In formula (AN-I), formula (AN-IV) and formula (AN-V), X is independently a single bond or -CH 2- ; in formula (AN-II), G is a single bond and carbon number 1 ~ 20 alkylene, -CO-, -O-, -S-, -SO 2- , -C (CH 3 ) 2 -or -C (CF 3 ) 2- ; formula (AN-II) ~ formula In (AN-IV), Y is independently one selected from the group of a trivalent group described below, and the bond is linked to an arbitrary carbon. At least one hydrogen of the group may be methyl, ethyl Group or phenyl group; In formulas (AN-III) to (AN-V), ring A 10 is a group of a monocyclic hydrocarbon having 3 to 10 carbons or a group of a condensing polycyclic hydrocarbon having 6 to 30 carbons. At least one hydrogen of the group may be substituted by methyl, ethyl, or phenyl, and the bonding bond hanging on the ring is linked to any carbon constituting the ring, and two bonding bonds may also be linked to the same carbon; the formula (AN -VI), X 10 is an alkylene group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms, Me represents a methyl group, and Ph represents a phenyl group; in the formula (AN-VII), G 10 is independently -O-, -COO-, or- OCO-, r is independently 0 or 1; In the formula (DI-1), G 20 is -CH 2- , at least one -CH 2 -may be substituted with -NH-, -O-, m is an integer from 1 to 12, and at least one of alkylene Hydrogen may be substituted with -OH; in formula (DI-3) and formula (DI-5) to formula (DI-7), G 21 is independently a single bond, -NH-, -NCH 3- , -O-, -S-, -SS-, -SO 2- , -CO-, -COO-, -CONCH 3- , -CONH-, -C (CH 3 ) 2- , -C (CF 3 ) 2 -,-( CH 2 ) m- , -O- (CH 2 ) m -O-, -N (-Ra)-(CH 2 ) k -N (-Ra)-,-(OC 2 H 4 ) m -O-, -O-CH 2 -C (CF 3 ) 2 -CH 2 -O-, -O-CO- (CH 2 ) m -CO-O-, -CO-O- (CH 2 ) m -O-CO- ,-(CH 2 ) m -NH- (CH 2 ) m- , -CO- (CH 2 ) k -NH- (CH 2 ) k -,-(NH- (CH 2 ) m ) k -NH-, -CO-C 3 H 6- (NH-C 3 H 6 ) n -CO- or -S- (CH 2 ) m -S-, Ra is an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and m is independently 1 to An integer of 12, k is an integer of 1 to 5, and n is 1 or 2; in formula (DI-4), s is independently an integer of 0 to 2; G 22 is independently a single bond, -O-, -S-, -CO-, -C (CH 3 ) 2- , -C (CF 3 ) 2- , -NH-, or a carbon number of 1 to 10 Alkylene; at least one hydrogen of cyclohexane ring and benzene ring in formula (DI-2) to formula (DI-7) can pass through -F, -Cl, alkane having 1 to 3 carbon atoms , -OCH 3, -OH, -CF 3 , -CO 2 H, -CONH 2, -NHC 6 H 5, substituted phenyl or benzyl group, except, of formula (DI-4), the benzene ring At least one hydrogen may be substituted with one selected from the group consisting of a group represented by the following formulae (DI-4-a) to (DI-4-e); the bonding position in the formula is A group that is not fixed on a carbon atom constituting a ring indicates that the bonding position in the ring is arbitrary; the bonding position of -NH 2 on a cyclohexane ring or a benzene ring is a bond other than G 21 or G 22 Any position other than the position; In formula (DI-4-a) and formula (DI-4-b), R 20 is independently hydrogen or -CH 3 ; In formula (DI-11), r is 0 or 1; in formulas (DI-8) to (DI-11), the bonding position of -NH 2 bonded to the ring is an arbitrary position; In the formula (DI-12), R 21 and R 22 are independently an alkyl group or a phenyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and G 23 is independently an alkylene group, a phenylene group, or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. Substituted phenyl group, w is an integer from 1 to 10; in formula (DI-13), R 23 is independently an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or -Cl, p Independently an integer of 0 to 3, q is an integer of 0 to 4; in formula (DI-14), ring B is a monocyclic heterocyclic aromatic group, and R 24 is hydrogen, -F, -Cl, carbon 1 to 6 alkyl, alkoxy, vinyl, alkynyl, q is independently an integer of 0 to 4; in formula (DI-15), ring C is a heterocyclic aromatic group or heterocyclic aliphatic Group group; in the formula (DI-16), G 24 is a single bond, an alkylene group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms or 1,4-phenylene group, and r is 0 or 1; A group that is not fixed on a carbon atom constituting a ring indicates that its bonding position in the ring is arbitrary; in formulas (DI-13) to (DI-16), a bond of -NH 2 on the ring The knot position is arbitrary; In formula (DIH-1), G 25 is a single bond, an alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, -CO-, -O-, -S-, -SO 2- , -C (CH 3 ) 2 -or -C (CF 3 ) 2- ; In the formula (DIH-2), the ring D is a cyclohexane ring, a benzene ring or a naphthalene ring, and at least one hydrogen of the group may be substituted by a methyl group, an ethyl group or a phenyl group ; In formula (DIH-3), the ring E is independently a cyclohexane ring or a benzene ring, at least one hydrogen of the group may be substituted by a methyl group, an ethyl group or a phenyl group, and Y is a single bond and a carbon number. 1 to 20 alkylene, -CO-, -O-, -S-, -SO 2- , -C (CH 3 ) 2 -or -C (CF 3 ) 2- ; formula (DIH-2) and In formula (DIH-3), the bonding position of -CONHNH 2 bonded to the ring is an arbitrary position; In formula (DI-31), G 26 is a single bond, -O-, -COO-, -OCO-, -CO-, -CONH-, -CH 2 O-, -OCH 2- , -CF 2 O- , -OCF 2 -or-(CH 2 ) m ' -, m' is an integer from 1 to 12; R 25 is an alkyl group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms, a phenyl group, a group having a steroid skeleton, or the following formula A group represented by (DI-31-a). In the alkyl group, at least one hydrogen may be substituted by -F, and at least one -CH 2 -may be substituted by -O-, -CH = CH-, or -C≡. Substituted by C-, the hydrogen of the phenyl group may be -F, -CH 3 , -OCH 3 , -OCH 2 F, -OCHF 2 , -OCF 3 , alkyl group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms, or 3 to 30 carbon atoms. Substituted by alkoxy, the bonding position of -NH 2 bonded to the benzene ring is indicated at any position in the ring, In the formula (DI-31-a), G 27 , G 28 and G 29 are bonding groups, and these groups are independently a single bond or an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms. The above -CH 2 -may be replaced by -O-, -COO-, -OCO-, -CONH-, -CH = CH-, and ring B 21 , ring B 22 , ring B 23 and ring B 24 are independently 1,4-phenylene, 1,4-cyclohexyl, 1,3-dioxane-2,5-diyl, pyrimidine-2,5-diyl, pyridine-2,5-diyl, naphthalene At least one hydrogen of -1,5-diyl, naphthalene-2,7-diyl or anthracene-9,10-diyl, ring B 21 , ring B 22 , ring B 23 and ring B 24 may pass through -F Or -CH 3 , and s, t, and u are independently integers of 0 to 2. The total of these is 1 to 5. When s, t, or u is 2, the two bonding groups in each bracket can be The same or different, and the two rings may be the same or different. R 26 is hydrogen, -F, -OH, alkyl having 1 to 30 carbons, fluorine substituted alkyl having 1 to 30 carbons, carbon An alkoxy group having 1 to 30, -CN, -OCH 2 F, -OCHF 2 , or -OCF 3. At least one of the alkyl groups having 1 to 30 carbon atoms -CH 2 -can be obtained by the following formula (DI- 31-b) is substituted by a divalent group represented by In formula (DI-31-b), R 27 and R 28 are independently an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and v is an integer of 1 to 6; In formula (DI-32) and formula (DI-33), G 30 is independently a single bond, -CO- or -CH 2- , R 29 is independently hydrogen or -CH 3 , and R 30 is hydrogen and carbon number 1 to 20 alkyl groups, or alkenyl groups having 2 to 20 carbon atoms; at least one hydrogen of the benzene ring in formula (DI-33) may be substituted with 1 to 20 carbon groups or phenyl groups; the formula A group in which the bonding position in is not fixed to any carbon atom constituting the ring indicates that the bonding position in the ring is arbitrary; in formulas (DI-32) and (DI-33), the bond is -NH 2 on the benzene ring means that its bonding position in the ring is arbitrary; In formula (DI-34) and formula (DI-35), G 31 is independently -O- or an alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, G 32 is a single bond or an alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, R 31 is hydrogen or an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. At least one -CH 2 -of the alkyl group may be substituted by -O-, -CH = CH-, or -C≡C-, and R 32 is 6 carbon atoms. ~ 22 alkyl group, R 33 is hydrogen or alkyl group having 1 to 22 carbon atoms, ring B 25 is 1,4-phenylene or 1,4-cyclohexyl, r is 0 or 1, and -NH 2 on the benzene ring indicates that the bonding position in the ring is arbitrary. 如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述的液晶配向劑,其中聚合體的合成中使用的四羧酸二酐含有選自下述式(2)~式(13)所表示的化合物的組群中的至少一者;並且二胺含有選自下述式(D-1)~式(D-5)所表示的化合物的組群中的至少一者;所述式中的氫的至少一者可經-CH3、-CH2CH3或苯基所取代;式(D-2)及式(D-4)中,X及Y獨立地為單鍵、-O-、-NH-、-S-或碳數1~6的伸烷基;式(D-4)中,a為1~8的整數;式(D-5)中,Ra為碳數1~3的烷基;而且,苯環的至少一個氫可經-CH3所取代。The liquid crystal alignment agent according to claim 1 or claim 2, wherein the tetracarboxylic dianhydride used in the synthesis of the polymer contains a compound selected from the compounds represented by the following formulae (2) to (13). At least one of a group; and the diamine contains at least one selected from the group of a compound represented by the following formula (D-1) to formula (D-5); At least one of the hydrogens in the formula may be substituted with -CH 3 , -CH 2 CH 3 or phenyl; In formula (D-2) and formula (D-4), X and Y are independently a single bond, -O-, -NH-, -S- or an alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms; formula (D- In 4), a is an integer of 1 to 8; in the formula (D-5), Ra is an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbons; and at least one hydrogen of the benzene ring may be substituted by -CH 3 . 如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述的液晶配向劑,其中聚醯胺酸及其衍生物是使四羧酸二酐及二胺的至少一者具有光反應性結構的原料單體進行反應而獲得的聚合體(a)。The liquid crystal alignment agent according to item 1 or item 2 of the scope of patent application, wherein the polyamino acid and its derivative are raw material monomers that make at least one of tetracarboxylic dianhydride and diamine have a photoreactive structure. Polymer (a) obtained by reaction. 如申請專利範圍第5項所述的液晶配向劑,其中二胺包含4,4'-二胺基偶氮苯。The liquid crystal alignment agent according to item 5 of the patent application, wherein the diamine includes 4,4'-diaminoazobenzene. 如申請專利範圍第5項所述的液晶配向劑,其不僅包含聚合體(a),而且更包含選自使不具有光反應性結構的四羧酸二酐以及不具有光反應性結構的二胺進行反應而獲得的聚醯胺酸及其衍生物中的至少一種聚合體(b)。The liquid crystal alignment agent according to item 5 of the scope of patent application, which includes not only the polymer (a), but also a tetracarboxylic dianhydride selected from the group consisting of tetracarboxylic dianhydride having no photoreactive structure and At least one polymer (b) of polyamidic acid and a derivative thereof obtained by an amine reaction. 如申請專利範圍第5項所述的液晶配向劑,其中聚合體(b)的合成中使用的四羧酸二酐含有選自下述式(2)~式(13)所表示的化合物的組群中的至少一者;並且二胺含有選自下述式(D-1)~式(D-5)所表示的化合物的組群中的至少一者;所述式中的氫的至少一者可經-CH3、-CH2CH3或苯基所取代;式(D-2)及式(D-4)中,X及Y獨立地為單鍵、-O-、-NH-、-S-、或碳數1~6的伸烷基;式(D-4)中,a為1~8的整數;式(D-5)中,Ra為碳數1~3的烷基;而且,所述式中的苯環的至少一個氫可經-CH3所取代。The liquid crystal alignment agent according to item 5 of the scope of patent application, wherein the tetracarboxylic dianhydride used in the synthesis of the polymer (b) contains a group selected from the compounds represented by the following formulae (2) to (13) At least one of a group; and the diamine contains at least one selected from the group of compounds represented by the following formulae (D-1) to (D-5); At least one of the hydrogens in the formula may be substituted with -CH 3 , -CH 2 CH 3 or phenyl; In formula (D-2) and formula (D-4), X and Y are independently a single bond, -O-, -NH-, -S-, or an alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms; formula (D In -4), a is an integer of 1 to 8; in formula (D-5), Ra is an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbons; and at least one hydrogen of a benzene ring in the formula may be passed through -CH 3 Was replaced. 如申請專利範圍第5項所述的液晶配向劑,其更含有選自噁嗪化合物、噁唑啉化合物、環氧化合物、以及包含矽烷偶合劑的化合物的組群中的至少一者。The liquid crystal alignment agent according to item 5 of the patent application scope, further comprising at least one selected from the group consisting of an oxazine compound, an oxazoline compound, an epoxy compound, and a compound containing a silane coupling agent. 一種液晶配向膜,其是利用如申請專利範圍第1項至第9項中任一項所述的液晶配向劑來形成。A liquid crystal alignment film is formed by using the liquid crystal alignment agent according to any one of claims 1 to 9 of a patent application scope. 一種液晶顯示元件,其包括如申請專利範圍第10項所述的液晶配向膜。A liquid crystal display element includes the liquid crystal alignment film according to item 10 of the patent application scope.
TW104138376A 2014-11-21 2015-11-20 Liquid crystal aligning agents containing polyamic acid or derivative thereof, liquid crystal alighment films and liquid crystal display devices TWI676654B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2014-236967 2014-11-21
JP2014236967 2014-11-21

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW201623447A TW201623447A (en) 2016-07-01
TWI676654B true TWI676654B (en) 2019-11-11

Family

ID=56013992

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW104138376A TWI676654B (en) 2014-11-21 2015-11-20 Liquid crystal aligning agents containing polyamic acid or derivative thereof, liquid crystal alighment films and liquid crystal display devices

Country Status (5)

Country Link
JP (1) JP6575528B2 (en)
KR (1) KR20170089760A (en)
CN (1) CN107077031B (en)
TW (1) TWI676654B (en)
WO (1) WO2016080458A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN110023826B (en) * 2016-09-29 2022-10-25 日产化学株式会社 Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
JP7298156B2 (en) * 2016-12-28 2023-06-27 日産化学株式会社 Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
WO2018155355A1 (en) * 2017-02-24 2018-08-30 シャープ株式会社 Liquid crystal alignment agent, alignment film, and liquid crystal display device
WO2018181566A1 (en) * 2017-03-31 2018-10-04 日産化学株式会社 Liquid-crystal alignment agent, liquid-crystal alignment film, and liquid-crystal display element
WO2019182070A1 (en) * 2018-03-23 2019-09-26 日産化学株式会社 Liquid crystal aligning agent, polymer for obtaining same, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element using same
KR20200058281A (en) 2018-11-19 2020-05-27 제이엔씨 주식회사 Liquid crystal aligning agents for forming liquid crystal alignment films, liquid crystal alignment films and liquid crystal display devices using the same
CN112194793B (en) * 2019-07-08 2024-04-26 Jnc株式会社 Polyamic acid composition
TW202140619A (en) 2019-09-24 2021-11-01 日商日產化學股份有限公司 Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
JPWO2021205736A1 (en) 2020-04-10 2021-10-14

Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TW200909952A (en) * 2007-07-06 2009-03-01 Jsr Corp Liquid crystal alignment agent and liquid crystal display unit
TW200925743A (en) * 2007-09-06 2009-06-16 Seiko Epson Corp Composition for forming alignment film, and method for manufacturing liquid crystal device

Family Cites Families (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2009080454A (en) * 2007-09-06 2009-04-16 Seiko Epson Corp Composition for forming alignment film and method for manufacturing liquid crystal device
JP2009080156A (en) * 2007-09-25 2009-04-16 Seiko Epson Corp Composition for forming liquid crystal alignment layer, and method of manufacturing liquid crystal display device
JP5177150B2 (en) * 2008-01-25 2013-04-03 日産化学工業株式会社 Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
JP6056187B2 (en) * 2012-05-09 2017-01-11 Jnc株式会社 Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film for forming liquid crystal alignment film for photo-alignment, and liquid crystal display element using the same

Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TW200909952A (en) * 2007-07-06 2009-03-01 Jsr Corp Liquid crystal alignment agent and liquid crystal display unit
TW200925743A (en) * 2007-09-06 2009-06-16 Seiko Epson Corp Composition for forming alignment film, and method for manufacturing liquid crystal device

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
KR20170089760A (en) 2017-08-04
CN107077031B (en) 2020-11-06
WO2016080458A1 (en) 2016-05-26
CN107077031A (en) 2017-08-18
TW201623447A (en) 2016-07-01
JPWO2016080458A1 (en) 2017-08-31
JP6575528B2 (en) 2019-09-18

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI676654B (en) Liquid crystal aligning agents containing polyamic acid or derivative thereof, liquid crystal alighment films and liquid crystal display devices
TWI609853B (en) Photosensitive diamine, polyamic acid or derivatives thereof, liquid crystal aligning agents, liquid crystal aligning film and liquid crystal display devices
TWI612098B (en) Liquid crystal aligning agents for forming photo-aligning liquid crystal alignment layers, liquid crystal alignment layers and liquid crystal display devices using the same
JP6421545B2 (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal aligning film and liquid crystal display element containing polyamic acid or derivative thereof
TWI596138B (en) Method to form liquid crystal photo-alignment film, and liquid crystal display
TWI692506B (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent for forming liquid crystal aligning layer, liquid crystal aligning layer and liquid crystal display device using the same
TWI638856B (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal aligning film and liquid crystal display device
JP6090570B2 (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film for forming liquid crystal alignment film for photo-alignment, and liquid crystal display element using the same
TWI700312B (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent for forming liquid crystal alignment film for photoalignment, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display device using the same
TWI586709B (en) Polyamic acid and derivatives thereof, liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display device using the same
JP6720661B2 (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent for forming liquid crystal alignment film for optical alignment, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display device using the same
TW201538573A (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display device
JP6252009B2 (en) Novel diamine, polymer using the same, liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
JP6699417B2 (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent for forming liquid crystal aligning film for optical alignment, liquid crystal aligning film and liquid crystal display device using the same
TWI663163B (en) Triazole-containing tetracaboxylic acid dianhydrides, polymer, liquid crystal aligning agents, liquid crystal alignment layers, and liquid crystal display devices using the same
KR20160008954A (en) Diamins, polyamicacids or the dirivatives, liquid crystal aligning agents, liquid crystal alignment films, and liquid crystal display devices
JP6904216B2 (en) A liquid crystal alignment agent for forming a liquid crystal alignment film, a liquid crystal alignment film, and a liquid crystal display element using the same.
KR20170097552A (en) Liquid crystal aligning agents for forming liquid crystal alignment films, liquid crystal alignment films and liquid crystal display devices using the same
KR20130072933A (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film using the same, and liquid crystal display device including the liquid crystal alignment film
JP2019007988A (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent for forming liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element using the same
JP2020008867A (en) Tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride